<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
<office:document-content xmlns:office="urn:oasis:names:tc:opendocument:xmlns:office:1.0" xmlns:style="urn:oasis:names:tc:opendocument:xmlns:style:1.0" xmlns:text="urn:oasis:names:tc:opendocument:xmlns:text:1.0" xmlns:table="urn:oasis:names:tc:opendocument:xmlns:table:1.0" xmlns:draw="urn:oasis:names:tc:opendocument:xmlns:drawing:1.0" xmlns:fo="urn:oasis:names:tc:opendocument:xmlns:xsl-fo-compatible:1.0" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:meta="urn:oasis:names:tc:opendocument:xmlns:meta:1.0" xmlns:number="urn:oasis:names:tc:opendocument:xmlns:datastyle:1.0" xmlns:svg="urn:oasis:names:tc:opendocument:xmlns:svg-compatible:1.0" xmlns:chart="urn:oasis:names:tc:opendocument:xmlns:chart:1.0" xmlns:dr3d="urn:oasis:names:tc:opendocument:xmlns:dr3d:1.0" xmlns:math="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:form="urn:oasis:names:tc:opendocument:xmlns:form:1.0" xmlns:script="urn:oasis:names:tc:opendocument:xmlns:script:1.0" xmlns:ooo="http://openoffice.org/2004/office" xmlns:ooow="http://openoffice.org/2004/writer" xmlns:oooc="http://openoffice.org/2004/calc" xmlns:dom="http://www.w3.org/2001/xml-events" xmlns:xforms="http://www.w3.org/2002/xforms" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" office:version="1.3">
  <office:font-face-decls>
    <style:font-face style:name="Courier New" style:font-family-generic="modern" style:font-pitch="fixed" svg:font-family="'Courier New'" />
  </office:font-face-decls>
  <office:automatic-styles>
    <style:style style:name="fr2" style:family="graphic" style:parent-style-name="Formula"><style:graphic-properties style:vertical-pos="middle" style:vertical-rel="text" style:horizontal-pos="center" style:horizontal-rel="paragraph-content" style:wrap="none" /></style:style>
    <style:style style:name="fr1" style:family="graphic" style:parent-style-name="Formula"><style:graphic-properties style:vertical-pos="middle" style:vertical-rel="text" /></style:style>
    <style:style style:name="P1" style:family="paragraph" style:parent-style-name="Table_20_Heading">
      <style:paragraph-properties fo:text-align="end" style:justify-single-word="false" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="P2" style:family="paragraph" style:parent-style-name="Table_20_Contents">
      <style:paragraph-properties fo:text-align="end" style:justify-single-word="false" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="TableHeaderRowCell" style:family="table-cell">
      <style:table-cell-properties fo:border="none" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="TableRowCell" style:family="table-cell">
      <style:table-cell-properties fo:border="none" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table1" style:family="table">
      <style:table-properties table:align="center" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table1.A" style:family="table-column" />
    <style:style style:name="Table1.B" style:family="table-column" />
    <style:style style:name="Table2" style:family="table">
      <style:table-properties table:align="center" style:rel-width="99%" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table2.A" style:family="table-column">
      <style:table-column-properties style:rel-column-width="31857*" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table2.B" style:family="table-column">
      <style:table-column-properties style:rel-column-width="32767*" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table3" style:family="table">
      <style:table-properties table:align="center" style:rel-width="99%" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table3.A" style:family="table-column">
      <style:table-column-properties style:rel-column-width="31857*" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table3.B" style:family="table-column">
      <style:table-column-properties style:rel-column-width="32767*" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table4" style:family="table">
      <style:table-properties table:align="center" style:rel-width="99%" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table4.A" style:family="table-column">
      <style:table-column-properties style:rel-column-width="31857*" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table4.B" style:family="table-column">
      <style:table-column-properties style:rel-column-width="32767*" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table5" style:family="table">
      <style:table-properties table:align="center" style:rel-width="99%" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table5.A" style:family="table-column">
      <style:table-column-properties style:rel-column-width="31857*" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table5.B" style:family="table-column">
      <style:table-column-properties style:rel-column-width="32767*" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table6" style:family="table">
      <style:table-properties table:align="center" style:rel-width="99%" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table6.A" style:family="table-column">
      <style:table-column-properties style:rel-column-width="31857*" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table6.B" style:family="table-column">
      <style:table-column-properties style:rel-column-width="32767*" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table7" style:family="table">
      <style:table-properties table:align="center" style:rel-width="99%" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table7.A" style:family="table-column">
      <style:table-column-properties style:rel-column-width="31857*" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table7.B" style:family="table-column">
      <style:table-column-properties style:rel-column-width="32767*" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table8" style:family="table">
      <style:table-properties table:align="center" style:rel-width="99%" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table8.A" style:family="table-column">
      <style:table-column-properties style:rel-column-width="31857*" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table8.B" style:family="table-column">
      <style:table-column-properties style:rel-column-width="32767*" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table9" style:family="table">
      <style:table-properties table:align="center" style:rel-width="99%" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table9.A" style:family="table-column">
      <style:table-column-properties style:rel-column-width="31857*" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table9.B" style:family="table-column">
      <style:table-column-properties style:rel-column-width="32767*" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table10" style:family="table">
      <style:table-properties table:align="center" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table10.A" style:family="table-column" />
    <style:style style:name="Table10.B" style:family="table-column" />
    <style:style style:name="Table11" style:family="table">
      <style:table-properties table:align="center" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table11.A" style:family="table-column" />
    <style:style style:name="Table11.B" style:family="table-column" />
    <style:style style:name="Table12" style:family="table">
      <style:table-properties table:align="center" />
    </style:style>
    <style:style style:name="Table12.A" style:family="table-column" />
    <style:style style:name="Table12.B" style:family="table-column" />
  </office:automatic-styles>
<office:body>
<office:text>
<text:p text:style-name="Title">Pandoc User’s Guide</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Author">John MacFarlane</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Date">2026-07-21</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_1" text:outline-level="1"><text:bookmark-start text:name="synopsis" />Synopsis<text:bookmark-end text:name="synopsis" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc</text:span>
[<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">options</text:span>]
[<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">input-file</text:span>]…</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_1" text:outline-level="1"><text:bookmark-start text:name="description" />Description<text:bookmark-end text:name="description" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Pandoc is a
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.haskell.org" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Haskell</text:span></text:a>
library for converting from one markup format to another, and a
command-line tool that uses this library.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Pandoc can convert between
numerous markup and word processing formats, including, but not limited
to, various flavors of
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Markdown</text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.w3.org/html/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">HTML</text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.latex-project.org/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">LaTeX</text:span></text:a>
and
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Office_Open_XML" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Word
docx</text:span></text:a>. For the full lists of input and output
formats, see the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--from</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--to</text:span>
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#general-options" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">options
below</text:span></text:a>. Pandoc can also produce
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.adobe.com/pdf/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">PDF</text:span></text:a>
output: see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#creating-a-pdf" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">creating
a PDF</text:span></text:a>, below.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Pandoc’s enhanced version of
Markdown includes syntax for
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#tables" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">tables</text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#definition-lists" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">definition
lists</text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#metadata-blocks" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">metadata
blocks</text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#footnotes" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">footnotes</text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#citations" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">citations</text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#math" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">math</text:span></text:a>,
and much more. See below under
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#pandocs-markdown" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Pandoc’s
Markdown</text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Pandoc has a modular design: it
consists of a set of readers, which parse text in a given format and
produce a native representation of the document (an
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">abstract syntax tree</text:span>
or AST), and a set of writers, which convert this native representation
into a target format. Thus, adding an input or output format requires
only adding a reader or writer. Users can also run custom
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://pandoc.org/filters.html" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">pandoc
filters</text:span></text:a> to modify the intermediate AST.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Because pandoc’s intermediate
representation of a document is less expressive than many of the formats
it converts between, one should not expect perfect conversions between
every format and every other. Pandoc attempts to preserve the structural
elements of a document, but not formatting details such as margin size.
And some document elements, such as complex tables, may not fit into
pandoc’s simple document model. While conversions from pandoc’s Markdown
to all formats aspire to be perfect, conversions from formats more
expressive than pandoc’s Markdown can be expected to be lossy.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="using-pandoc" />Using
pandoc<text:bookmark-end text:name="using-pandoc" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If no
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">input-files</text:span> are
specified, input is read from
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">stdin</text:span>. Output goes to
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">stdout</text:span> by default. For
output to a file, use the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-o</text:span>/<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--output</text:span>
option:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc -o output.html input.txt</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">By default, pandoc produces
a document fragment. To produce a standalone document (e.g. a valid HTML
file including
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;head&gt;</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;body&gt;</text:span>),
use the <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-s</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--standalone</text:span>
flag:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc -s -o output.html input.txt</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">For more information on how
standalone documents are produced, see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#templates" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Templates</text:span></text:a>
below.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">If multiple input files are
given, pandoc will concatenate them all (with blank lines between them)
before parsing. (Use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--file-scope</text:span> to
parse files individually.)</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="specifying-formats" />Specifying
formats<text:bookmark-end text:name="specifying-formats" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The format of the input and
output can be specified explicitly using command-line options. The input
format can be specified using the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-f/--from</text:span>
option, the output format using the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-t/--to</text:span> option.
Thus, to convert
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">hello.txt</text:span> from
Markdown to LaTeX, you could type:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc -f markdown -t latex hello.txt</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">To convert
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">hello.html</text:span> from
HTML to Markdown:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc -f html -t markdown hello.html</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Supported input and output
formats are listed below under
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#options" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Options</text:span></text:a>
(see <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-f</text:span> for
input formats and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-t</text:span> for output
formats). You can also use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc --list-input-formats</text:span>
and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc --list-output-formats</text:span>
to print lists of supported formats.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">If the input or output format is
not specified explicitly, pandoc will attempt to guess it from the
extensions of the filenames. Thus, for example,</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc -o hello.tex hello.txt</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">will convert
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">hello.txt</text:span> from
Markdown to LaTeX. If no output file is specified (so that output goes
to <text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">stdout</text:span>), or if the
output file’s extension is unknown, the output format will default to
HTML. If no input file is specified (so that input comes from
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">stdin</text:span>), or if the
input files’ extensions are unknown, the input format will be assumed to
be Markdown.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="character-encoding" />Character
encoding<text:bookmark-end text:name="character-encoding" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Pandoc uses the UTF-8
character encoding for both input and output. If your local character
encoding is not UTF-8, you should pipe input and output through
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">iconv</text:span></text:span></text:a>:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">iconv -t utf-8 input.txt | pandoc | iconv -f utf-8</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Note that in some output
formats (such as HTML, LaTeX, ConTeXt, RTF, OPML, DocBook, and Texinfo),
information about the character encoding is included in the document
header, which will only be included if you use the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-s/--standalone</text:span>
option.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="creating-a-pdf" />Creating
a PDF<text:bookmark-end text:name="creating-a-pdf" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">To produce a PDF, specify
an output file with a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">.pdf</text:span>
extension:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc test.txt -o test.pdf</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">By default, pandoc will use
LaTeX to create the PDF, which requires that a LaTeX engine be installed
(see
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--pdf-engine</text:span>
below). Alternatively, pandoc can use ConTeXt, roff ms, or HTML as an
intermediate format. To do this, specify an output file with a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">.pdf</text:span> extension,
as before, but add the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--pdf-engine</text:span>
option or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-t context</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-t html</text:span>, or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-t ms</text:span> to the
command line. The tool used to generate the PDF from the intermediate
format may be specified using
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--pdf-engine</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">You can control the PDF style
using variables, depending on the intermediate format used: see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#variables-for-latex" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">variables
for LaTeX</text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#variables-for-context" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">variables
for ConTeXt</text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#variables-for-wkhtmltopdf" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">variables
for
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">wkhtmltopdf</text:span></text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#variables-for-ms" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">variables
for ms</text:span></text:a>. When HTML is used as an intermediate
format, the output can be styled using
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--css</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">To debug the PDF creation, it can
be useful to look at the intermediate representation: instead of
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-o test.pdf</text:span>, use
for example
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-s -o test.tex</text:span>
to output the generated LaTeX. You can then test it with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pdflatex test.tex</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">When using LaTeX, the following
packages need to be available (they are included with all recent
versions of
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.tug.org/texlive/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">TeX
Live</text:span></text:a>):
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/amsfonts" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">amsfonts</text:span></text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/amsmath" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">amsmath</text:span></text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/lm" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lm</text:span></text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/unicode-math" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">unicode-math</text:span></text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/iftex" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">iftex</text:span></text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/listings" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">listings</text:span></text:span></text:a>
(if the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--listings</text:span>
option is used),
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/fancyvrb" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fancyvrb</text:span></text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/longtable" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">longtable</text:span></text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/caption" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">caption</text:span></text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/booktabs" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">booktabs</text:span></text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/multirow" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">multirow</text:span></text:span></text:a>
(if the document contains a table with cells that cross multiple rows),
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/graphicx" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">graphicx</text:span></text:span></text:a>
(if the document contains images),
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/bookmark" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bookmark</text:span></text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/xcolor" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">xcolor</text:span></text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/soul" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">soul</text:span></text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/geometry" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">geometry</text:span></text:span></text:a>
(with the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">geometry</text:span>
variable set),
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/setspace" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">setspace</text:span></text:span></text:a>
(with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">linestretch</text:span>),
and
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/babel" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">babel</text:span></text:span></text:a>
(with <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lang</text:span>). If
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">CJKmainfont</text:span> is
set,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/xecjk" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">xeCJK</text:span></text:span></text:a>
is needed if
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">xelatex</text:span> is used,
else
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/luatexja" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">luatexja</text:span></text:span></text:a>
is needed if
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lualatex</text:span> is
used.
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/framed" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">framed</text:span></text:span></text:a>
is required if code is highlighted in a scheme that use a colored
background. The use of
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">xelatex</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lualatex</text:span> as the
PDF engine requires
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fontspec</text:span></text:span></text:a>.
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lualatex</text:span> uses
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/selnolig" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">selnolig</text:span></text:span></text:a>
and
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/lua-ul" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lua-ul</text:span></text:span></text:a>.
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">xelatex</text:span> uses
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/bidi" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bidi</text:span></text:span></text:a>
(with the <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">dir</text:span>
variable set). If the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mathspec</text:span>
variable is set,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">xelatex</text:span> will use
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/mathspec" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mathspec</text:span></text:span></text:a>
instead of
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/unicode-math" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">unicode-math</text:span></text:span></text:a>.
The
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/csquotes" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">csquotes</text:span></text:span></text:a>
package will be used for
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#typography" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">typography</text:span></text:a>
if the <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">csquotes</text:span>
variable or metadata field is set to a true value. The
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/natbib" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">natbib</text:span></text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">biblatex</text:span></text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/bibtex" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bibtex</text:span></text:span></text:a>,
and
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/biber" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">biber</text:span></text:span></text:a>
packages can optionally be used for
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#citation-rendering" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">citation
rendering</text:span></text:a>. If math with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\cancel</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\bcancel</text:span>, or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\xcancel</text:span> is
used, the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/cancel" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">cancel</text:span></text:span></text:a>
package is needed. The following packages will be used to improve output
quality if present, but pandoc does not require them to be present:
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/upquote" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">upquote</text:span></text:span></text:a>
(for straight quotes in verbatim environments),
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/microtype" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">microtype</text:span></text:span></text:a>
(for better spacing adjustments),
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/parskip" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">parskip</text:span></text:span></text:a>
(for better inter-paragraph spaces),
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/xurl" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">xurl</text:span></text:span></text:a>
(for better line breaks in URLs), and
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/footnotehyper" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">footnotehyper</text:span></text:span></text:a>
or
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/footnote" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">footnote</text:span></text:span></text:a>
(to allow footnotes in tables).</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="reading-from-the-web" />Reading
from the
Web<text:bookmark-end text:name="reading-from-the-web" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Instead of an input file,
an absolute URI may be given. In this case pandoc will fetch the content
using HTTP:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc -f html -t markdown https://www.fsf.org</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">It is possible to supply a
custom User-Agent string or other header when requesting a document from
a URL:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc -f html -t markdown --request-header User-Agent:&quot;Mozilla/5.0&quot; \</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />https://www.fsf.org</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_1" text:outline-level="1"><text:bookmark-start text:name="options" />Options<text:bookmark-end text:name="options" /></text:h>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="general-options" />General
options<text:bookmark-end text:name="general-options" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-f</text:span>
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FORMAT</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-r</text:span>
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FORMAT</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--from=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FORMAT</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--read=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FORMAT</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Specify input format.
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FORMAT</text:span> can
be:</text:p><text:section text:name="input-formats"><text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">asciidoc</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://asciidoc.org/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">AsciiDoc</text:span></text:a>
    markup)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bibtex</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/bibtex" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">BibTeX</text:span></text:a>
    bibliography)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">biblatex</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">BibLaTeX</text:span></text:a>
    bibliography)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bits</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://jats.nlm.nih.gov/extensions/bits/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">BITS</text:span></text:a>
    XML, alias for
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">jats</text:span>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">commonmark</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://commonmark.org" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">CommonMark</text:span></text:a>
    Markdown)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">commonmark_x</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://commonmark.org" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">CommonMark</text:span></text:a>
    Markdown with extensions)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">creole</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="http://www.wikicreole.org/wiki/Creole1.0" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Creole
    1.0</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">csljson</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://citeproc-js.readthedocs.io/en/latest/csl-json/markup.html" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">CSL
    JSON</text:span></text:a> bibliography)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">csv</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4180" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">CSV</text:span></text:a>
    table)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">tsv</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/text/tab-separated-values" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">TSV</text:span></text:a>
    table)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">djot</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://djot.net" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Djot
    markup</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docbook</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://docbook.org" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">DocBook</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docx</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Office_Open_XML" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Word
    docx</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">dokuwiki</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.dokuwiki.org/dokuwiki" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">DokuWiki
    markup</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">endnotexml</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://support.clarivate.com/Endnote/s/article/EndNote-XML-Document-Type-Definition" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">EndNote
    XML bibliography</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">epub</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="http://idpf.org/epub" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">EPUB</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fb2</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="http://www.fictionbook.org/index.php/Eng:XML_Schema_Fictionbook_2.1" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">FictionBook2</text:span></text:a>
    e-book)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">gfm</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://help.github.com/articles/github-flavored-markdown/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">GitHub-Flavored
    Markdown</text:span></text:a>), or the deprecated and less accurate
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown_github</text:span>;
    use
    <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#markdown-variants" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown_github</text:span></text:span></text:a>
    only if you need extensions not supported in
    <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#markdown-variants" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">gfm</text:span></text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">haddock</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.haskell.org/haddock/doc/html/ch03s08.html" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Haddock
    markup</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.w3.org/html/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">HTML</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ipynb</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://nbformat.readthedocs.io/en/latest/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Jupyter
    notebook</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">jats</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://jats.nlm.nih.gov" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">JATS</text:span></text:a>
    XML)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">jira</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://jira.atlassian.com/secure/WikiRendererHelpAction.jspa?section=all" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Jira</text:span></text:a>/Confluence
    wiki markup)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">json</text:span>
    (JSON version of native AST)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">latex</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.latex-project.org/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">LaTeX</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#pandocs-markdown" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Pandoc’s
    Markdown</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown_mmd</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://fletcherpenney.net/multimarkdown/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">MultiMarkdown</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown_phpextra</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://michelf.ca/projects/php-markdown/extra/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">PHP
    Markdown Extra</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown_strict</text:span>
    (original unextended
    <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Markdown</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mediawiki</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Formatting" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">MediaWiki
    markup</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">man</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://man.cx/groff_man(7)" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">roff
    man</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mdoc</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://mandoc.bsd.lv/man/mdoc.7.html" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">mdoc</text:span></text:a>
    manual page markup)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">muse</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://amusewiki.org/library/manual" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Muse</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">native</text:span>
    (native Haskell)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">odt</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenDocument" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">OpenDocument
    text document</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">opml</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://opml.org/spec2.opml" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">OPML</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">org</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://orgmode.org" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Emacs
    Org mode</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pod</text:span>
    (Perl’s
    <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://perldoc.perl.org/perlpod" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Plain
    Old Documentation</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pptx</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Microsoft_PowerPoint" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">PowerPoint</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ris</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RIS_(file_format)" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">RIS</text:span></text:a>
    bibliography)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">rtf</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rich_Text_Format" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Rich
    Text Format</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">rst</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://docutils.sourceforge.io/docs/ref/rst/introduction.html" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">reStructuredText</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">t2t</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://txt2tags.org" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">txt2tags</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">textile</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://textile-lang.com" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Textile</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">tikiwiki</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://doc.tiki.org/Wiki-Syntax-Text#The_Markup_Language_Wiki-Syntax" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">TikiWiki
    markup</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">twiki</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://twiki.org/cgi-bin/view/TWiki/TextFormattingRules" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">TWiki
    markup</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">typst</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://typst.app" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">typst</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">vimwiki</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://vimwiki.github.io" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Vimwiki</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">xlsx</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Microsoft_Excel#File_formats" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Excel
    spreadsheet</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">xml</text:span>
    (XML version of native AST)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">the path of a
    custom Lua reader, see
    <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#custom-readers-and-writers" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Custom
    readers and writers</text:span></text:a> below</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list></text:section><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Extensions
can be individually enabled or disabled by appending
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">+EXTENSION</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-EXTENSION</text:span> to
the format name. See
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extensions" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Extensions</text:span></text:a>
below, for a list of extensions and their names. See
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--list-input-formats</text:span>
and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--list-extensions</text:span>,
below.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-t</text:span>
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FORMAT</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-w</text:span>
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FORMAT</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--to=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FORMAT</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--write=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FORMAT</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Specify output
format. <text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FORMAT</text:span> can
be:</text:p><text:section text:name="output-formats"><text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ansi</text:span>
    (text with
    <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ANSI_escape_code" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">ANSI
    escape codes</text:span></text:a>, for terminal viewing)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">asciidoc</text:span>
    (modern
    <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://asciidoc.org/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">AsciiDoc</text:span></text:a>
    as interpreted by
    <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://asciidoctor.org/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Asciidoctor</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">asciidoc_legacy</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://asciidoc.org/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">AsciiDoc</text:span></text:a>
    as interpreted by
    <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://github.com/asciidoc-py/asciidoc-py" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">asciidoc-py</text:span></text:span></text:a>).</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">asciidoctor</text:span>
    (deprecated synonym for
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">asciidoc</text:span>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bbcode</text:span>
    <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.bbcode.org/reference.php" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">BBCode</text:span></text:a></text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bbcode_fluxbb</text:span>
    <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://web.archive.org/web/20210623155046/https://fluxbb.org/forums/help.php#bbcode" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">BBCode
    (FluxBB)</text:span></text:a></text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bbcode_phpbb</text:span>
    <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.phpbb.com/community/help/bbcode" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">BBCode
    (phpBB)</text:span></text:a></text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bbcode_steam</text:span>
    <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://steamcommunity.com/comment/ForumTopic/formattinghelp" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">BBCode
    (Steam)</text:span></text:a></text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bbcode_hubzilla</text:span>
    <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://hubzilla.org/help/member/bbcode" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">BBCode
    (Hubzilla)</text:span></text:a></text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bbcode_xenforo</text:span>
    <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.xenfocus.com/community/help/bb-codes/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">BBCode
    (xenForo)</text:span></text:a></text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">beamer</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">LaTeX
    beamer</text:span></text:a> slide show)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bibtex</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/bibtex" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">BibTeX</text:span></text:a>
    bibliography)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">biblatex</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">BibLaTeX</text:span></text:a>
    bibliography)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">chunkedhtml</text:span>
    (zip archive of multiple linked HTML files)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">commonmark</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://commonmark.org" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">CommonMark</text:span></text:a>
    Markdown)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">commonmark_x</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://commonmark.org" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">CommonMark</text:span></text:a>
    Markdown with extensions)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">context</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.contextgarden.net/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">ConTeXt</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">csljson</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://citeproc-js.readthedocs.io/en/latest/csl-json/markup.html" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">CSL
    JSON</text:span></text:a> bibliography)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">djot</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://djot.net" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Djot
    markup</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docbook</text:span>
    or <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docbook4</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://docbook.org" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">DocBook</text:span></text:a>
    4)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docbook5</text:span>
    (DocBook 5)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docx</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Office_Open_XML" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Word
    docx</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">dokuwiki</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.dokuwiki.org/dokuwiki" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">DokuWiki
    markup</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">epub</text:span>
    or <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">epub3</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="http://idpf.org/epub" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">EPUB</text:span></text:a>
    v3 book)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">epub2</text:span>
    (EPUB v2)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fb2</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="http://www.fictionbook.org/index.php/Eng:XML_Schema_Fictionbook_2.1" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">FictionBook2</text:span></text:a>
    e-book)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">gfm</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://help.github.com/articles/github-flavored-markdown/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">GitHub-Flavored
    Markdown</text:span></text:a>), or the deprecated and less accurate
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown_github</text:span>;
    use
    <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#markdown-variants" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown_github</text:span></text:span></text:a>
    only if you need extensions not supported in
    <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#markdown-variants" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">gfm</text:span></text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">haddock</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.haskell.org/haddock/doc/html/ch03s08.html" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Haddock
    markup</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html</text:span>
    or <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html5</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.w3.org/html/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">HTML</text:span></text:a>,
    i.e. <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://html.spec.whatwg.org/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">HTML5</text:span></text:a>/XHTML
    <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.w3.org/TR/html-polyglot/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">polyglot
    markup</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html4</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">XHTML</text:span></text:a>
    1.0 Transitional)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">icml</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://web.archive.org/web/20211006210211/https://wwwimages.adobe.com/www.adobe.com/content/dam/acom/en/devnet/indesign/sdk/cs6/idml/idml-cookbook.pdf" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">InDesign
    ICML</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ipynb</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://nbformat.readthedocs.io/en/latest/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Jupyter
    notebook</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">jats_archiving</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://jats.nlm.nih.gov" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">JATS</text:span></text:a>
    XML, Archiving and Interchange Tag Set)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">jats_articleauthoring</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://jats.nlm.nih.gov" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">JATS</text:span></text:a>
    XML, Article Authoring Tag Set)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">jats_publishing</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://jats.nlm.nih.gov" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">JATS</text:span></text:a>
    XML, Journal Publishing Tag Set)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">jats</text:span>
    (alias for
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">jats_archiving</text:span>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">jira</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://jira.atlassian.com/secure/WikiRendererHelpAction.jspa?section=all" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Jira</text:span></text:a>/Confluence
    wiki markup)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">json</text:span>
    (JSON version of native AST)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">latex</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.latex-project.org/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">LaTeX</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">man</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://man.cx/groff_man(7)" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">roff
    man</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#pandocs-markdown" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Pandoc’s
    Markdown</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown_mmd</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://fletcherpenney.net/multimarkdown/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">MultiMarkdown</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown_phpextra</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://michelf.ca/projects/php-markdown/extra/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">PHP
    Markdown Extra</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown_strict</text:span>
    (original unextended
    <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Markdown</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markua</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://leanpub.com/markua/read" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Markua</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mediawiki</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Formatting" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">MediaWiki
    markup</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ms</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://man.cx/groff_ms(7)" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">roff
    ms</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">muse</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://amusewiki.org/library/manual" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Muse</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">native</text:span>
    (native Haskell)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">odt</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenDocument" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">OpenDocument
    text document</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">opml</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://opml.org/spec2.opml" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">OPML</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">opendocument</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.oasis-open.org/2021/06/16/opendocument-v1-3-oasis-standard-published/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">OpenDocument
    XML</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">org</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://orgmode.org" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Emacs
    Org mode</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pdf</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.adobe.com/pdf/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">PDF</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">plain</text:span>
    (plain text)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pptx</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Microsoft_PowerPoint" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">PowerPoint</text:span></text:a>
    slide show)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">rst</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://docutils.sourceforge.io/docs/ref/rst/introduction.html" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">reStructuredText</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">rtf</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rich_Text_Format" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Rich
    Text Format</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">texinfo</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">GNU
    Texinfo</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">textile</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://textile-lang.com" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Textile</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">t2t</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://txt2tags.org" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">txt2tags</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">slideous</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://goessner.net/articles/slideous/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Slideous</text:span></text:a>
    HTML and JavaScript slide show)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">slidy</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.w3.org/Talks/Tools/Slidy2/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Slidy</text:span></text:a>
    HTML and JavaScript slide show)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">dzslides</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://paulrouget.com/dzslides/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">DZSlides</text:span></text:a>
    HTML5 + JavaScript slide show)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">revealjs</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://revealjs.com/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">reveal.js</text:span></text:a>
    HTML5 + JavaScript slide show)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">s5</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://meyerweb.com/eric/tools/s5/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">S5</text:span></text:a>
    HTML and JavaScript slide show)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">tei</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://github.com/TEIC/TEI-Simple" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">TEI
    Simple</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">typst</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://typst.app" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">typst</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">vimdoc</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://vimhelp.org/helphelp.txt.html#help-writing" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Vimdoc</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">xml</text:span>
    (XML version of native AST)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">xwiki</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.xwiki.org/xwiki/bin/view/Documentation/UserGuide/Features/XWikiSyntax/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">XWiki
    markup</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">zimwiki</text:span>
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://zim-wiki.org/manual/Help/Wiki_Syntax.html" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">ZimWiki
    markup</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">the path of a
    custom Lua writer, see
    <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#custom-readers-and-writers" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Custom
    readers and writers</text:span></text:a> below</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list></text:section><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Note
that <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">odt</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docx</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">epub</text:span>, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pdf</text:span> output will
not be directed to
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">stdout</text:span> unless forced
with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-o -</text:span>.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Extensions
can be individually enabled or disabled by appending
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">+EXTENSION</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-EXTENSION</text:span> to
the format name. See
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extensions" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Extensions</text:span></text:a>
below, for a list of extensions and their names. See
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--list-output-formats</text:span>
and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--list-extensions</text:span>,
below.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-o</text:span>
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--output=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Write output to
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span> instead of
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">stdout</text:span>. If
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span> is
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-</text:span>, output will
go to <text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">stdout</text:span>, even if
a non-textual format
(<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docx</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">odt</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">epub2</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">epub3</text:span>) is
specified. If the output format is
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">chunkedhtml</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span> has no extension,
then instead of producing a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">.zip</text:span> file pandoc
will create a directory
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span> and unpack the
zip archive there (unless
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span> already exists,
in which case an error will be raised).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--data-dir=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">DIRECTORY</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Specify the user data
directory to search for pandoc data files. If this option is not
specified, the default user data directory will be used. On *nix and
macOS systems this will be the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc</text:span>
subdirectory of the XDG data directory (by default,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$HOME/.local/share</text:span>,
overridable by setting the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">XDG_DATA_HOME</text:span>
environment variable). If that directory does not exist and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$HOME/.pandoc</text:span>
exists, it will be used (for backwards compatibility). On Windows the
default user data directory is
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">%APPDATA%\pandoc</text:span>.
You can find the default user data directory on your system by looking
at the output of
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc --version</text:span>.
Data files placed in this directory (for example,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">reference.odt</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">reference.docx</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">epub.css</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">templates</text:span>) will
override pandoc’s normal defaults. (Note that the user data directory is
not created by pandoc, so you will need to create it yourself if you
want to make use of it.)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-d</text:span>
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--defaults=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Specify a set of
default option settings.
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span> is a YAML or JSON
file whose fields correspond to command-line option settings. All
options for document conversion, including input and output files, can
be set using a defaults file. The file will be searched for first in the
working directory, and then in the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">defaults</text:span>
subdirectory of the user data directory (see
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--data-dir</text:span>). If
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span> lacks an
extension, pandoc will also try adding the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">.yaml</text:span> extension
if <text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span> is not found.
See the section
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#defaults-files" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Defaults
files</text:span></text:a> for more information on the file format.
Settings from the defaults file may be overridden or extended by
subsequent options on the command line.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--bash-completion</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Generate a bash
completion script. To enable bash completion with pandoc, add this to
your
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">.bashrc</text:span>:</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">eval &quot;$(pandoc --bash-completion)&quot;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--sandbox[=true|false]</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Run pandoc in a
sandbox, limiting IO operations in readers and writers to reading the
files specified on the command line. Note that this option does not
limit IO operations by filters or in the production of PDF documents.
But it does offer security against, for example, disclosure of files
through the use of
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">include</text:span>
directives. Anyone using pandoc on untrusted user input should use this
option.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Note:
some readers and writers (e.g.,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docx</text:span>) need
access to data files. If these are stored on the file system, then
pandoc will not be able to find them when run in
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--sandbox</text:span> mode
and will raise an error. For these applications, we recommend using a
pandoc binary compiled with the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">embed_data_files</text:span>
option, which causes the data files to be baked into the binary instead
of being stored on the file system.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--verbose</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Give verbose
debugging output.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--quiet</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Suppress warning
messages.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--fail-if-warnings[=true|false]</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Exit with error
status if there are any warnings.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--log=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Write log messages in
machine-readable JSON format to
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span>. All messages
above DEBUG level will be written, regardless of verbosity settings
(<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--verbose</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--quiet</text:span>).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--list-input-formats</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">List supported input
formats, one per line.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--list-output-formats</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">List supported output
formats, one per line.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--list-extensions</text:span>[<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FORMAT</text:span>]</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">List supported
extensions for <text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FORMAT</text:span>,
one per line, preceded by a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">+</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-</text:span> indicating
whether it is enabled by default in
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FORMAT</text:span>. If
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FORMAT</text:span> is not
specified, defaults for pandoc’s Markdown are given.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--list-highlight-languages</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">List supported
languages for syntax highlighting, one per line.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--list-highlight-styles</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">List supported styles
for syntax highlighting, one per line. See
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--syntax-highlighting</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-v</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--version</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Print
version.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-h</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--help</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Show usage
message.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="reader-options" />Reader
options<text:bookmark-end text:name="reader-options" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--shift-heading-level-by=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">NUMBER</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Shift heading levels
by a positive or negative integer. For example, with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--shift-heading-level-by=-1</text:span>,
level 2 headings become level 1 headings, and level 3 headings become
level 2 headings. Headings cannot have a level less than 1, so a heading
that would be shifted below level 1 becomes a regular paragraph.
Exception: with a shift of -N, a level-N heading at the beginning of the
document replaces the metadata title.
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--shift-heading-level-by=-1</text:span>
is a good choice when converting HTML or Markdown documents that use an
initial level-1 heading for the document title and level-2+ headings for
sections.
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--shift-heading-level-by=1</text:span>
may be a good choice for converting Markdown documents that use level-1
headings for sections to HTML, since pandoc uses a level-1 heading to
render the document title.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--base-header-level=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">NUMBER</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">Deprecated.
Use
</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--shift-heading-level-by</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">=X
instead, where X = NUMBER - 1.</text:span> Specify the base level for
headings (defaults to 1).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--indented-code-classes=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">CLASSES</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Specify classes to
use for indented code blocks—for example,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">perl,numberLines</text:span>
or <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">haskell</text:span>.
Multiple classes may be separated by spaces or commas.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--default-image-extension=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">EXTENSION</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Specify a default
extension to use when image paths/URLs have no extension. This allows
you to use the same source for formats that require different kinds of
images. Currently this option only affects the Markdown and LaTeX
readers.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--file-scope[=true|false]</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Parse each file
individually before combining for multifile documents. This will allow
footnotes in different files with the same identifiers to work as
expected. If this option is set, footnotes and links will not work
across files. Reading binary files (docx, odt, epub) implies
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--file-scope</text:span>.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">If
two or more files are processed using
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--file-scope</text:span>,
prefixes based on the filenames will be added to identifiers in order to
disambiguate them, and internal links will be adjusted accordingly. For
example, a header with identifier
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">foo</text:span> in
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">subdir/file1.txt</text:span>
will have its identifier changed to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">subdir__file1.txt__foo</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-F</text:span>
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">PROGRAM</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--filter=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">PROGRAM</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Specify an executable
to be used as a filter transforming the pandoc AST after the input is
parsed and before the output is written. The executable should read JSON
from stdin and write JSON to stdout. The JSON must be formatted like
pandoc’s own JSON input and output. The name of the output format will
be passed to the filter as the first argument.
Hence,</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc --filter ./caps.py -t latex</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">is
equivalent
to</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc -t json | ./caps.py latex | pandoc -f json -t latex</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">The
latter form may be useful for debugging
filters.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Filters
may be written in any language.
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Text.Pandoc.JSON</text:span>
exports
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">toJSONFilter</text:span> to
facilitate writing filters in Haskell. Those who would prefer to write
filters in python can use the module
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://github.com/jgm/pandocfilters" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandocfilters</text:span></text:span></text:a>,
installable from PyPI. There are also pandoc filter libraries in
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://github.com/vinai/pandocfilters-php" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">PHP</text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://metacpan.org/pod/Pandoc::Filter" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">perl</text:span></text:a>,
and
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://github.com/mvhenderson/pandoc-filter-node" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">JavaScript/node.js</text:span></text:a>.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">In
order of preference, pandoc will look for filters
in</text:p><text:list text:style-name="Numbering_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Number">a specified full or
    relative path (executable or non-executable),</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Number"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$DATADIR/filters</text:span>
    (executable or non-executable) where
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$DATADIR</text:span> is
    the user data directory (see
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--data-dir</text:span>,
    above),</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Number"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$PATH</text:span>
    (executable only).</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Filters,
Lua-filters, and citeproc processing are applied in the order specified
on the command line.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-L</text:span>
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">SCRIPT</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--lua-filter=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">SCRIPT</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Transform the
document in a similar fashion as JSON filters (see
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--filter</text:span>), but
use pandoc’s built-in Lua filtering system. The given Lua script is
expected to return a list of Lua filters which will be applied in order.
Each Lua filter must contain element-transforming functions indexed by
the name of the AST element on which the filter function should be
applied.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">The
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc</text:span> Lua
module provides helper functions for element creation. It is always
loaded into the script’s Lua
environment.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">See
the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://pandoc.org/lua-filters.html" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Lua
filters documentation</text:span></text:a> for further
details.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">In
order of preference, pandoc will look for Lua filters
in</text:p><text:list text:style-name="Numbering_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Number">a specified full or
    relative path,</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Number"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$DATADIR/filters</text:span>
    where
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$DATADIR</text:span> is
    the user data directory (see
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--data-dir</text:span>,
    above).</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Filters,
Lua filters, and citeproc processing are applied in the order specified
on the command line.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-M</text:span>
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">KEY</text:span>[<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">VAL</text:span>],
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--metadata=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">KEY</text:span>[<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">:</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">VAL</text:span>]</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Set the metadata
field <text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">KEY</text:span> to the value
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">VAL</text:span>. A value specified
on the command line overrides a value specified in the document using
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-yaml_metadata_block" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">YAML
metadata blocks</text:span></text:a>. Values will be parsed as YAML
boolean or string values. If no value is specified, the value will be
treated as Boolean true. Like
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--variable</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--metadata</text:span>
causes template variables to be set. But unlike
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--variable</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--metadata</text:span>
affects the metadata of the underlying document (which is accessible
from filters and may be printed in some output formats) and metadata
values will be escaped when inserted into the template.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--metadata-file=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Read metadata from
the supplied YAML (or JSON) file. This option can be used with every
input format, but string scalars in the metadata file will always be
parsed as Markdown. (If the input format is Markdown or a Markdown
variant, then the same variant will be used to parse the metadata file;
if it is a non-Markdown format, pandoc’s default Markdown extensions
will be used.) This option can be used repeatedly to include multiple
metadata files; values in files specified later on the command line will
be preferred over those specified in earlier files. Metadata values
specified inside the document, or by using
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-M</text:span>, overwrite
values specified with this option. The file will be searched for first
in the working directory, and then in the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">metadata</text:span>
subdirectory of the user data directory (see
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--data-dir</text:span>).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-p</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--preserve-tabs[=true|false]</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Preserve tabs instead
of converting them to spaces. (By default, pandoc converts tabs to
spaces before parsing its input.) Note that this will only affect tabs
in literal code spans and code blocks. Tabs in regular text are always
treated as spaces.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--tab-stop=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">NUMBER</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Specify the number of
spaces per tab (default is 4).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--track-changes=accept</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">reject</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">all</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Specifies what to do
with insertions, deletions, and comments produced by the MS Word “Track
Changes” feature.
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">accept</text:span> (the
default) processes all the insertions and deletions.
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">reject</text:span> ignores
them. Both
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">accept</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">reject</text:span> ignore
comments. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">all</text:span>
includes all insertions, deletions, and comments, wrapped in spans with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">insertion</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">deletion</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">comment-start</text:span>,
and <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">comment-end</text:span>
classes, respectively. The author and time of change is included.
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">all</text:span> is useful
for scripting: only accepting changes from a certain reviewer, say, or
before a certain date. If a paragraph is inserted or deleted,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">track-changes=all</text:span>
produces a span with the class
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">paragraph-insertion</text:span>/<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">paragraph-deletion</text:span>
before the affected paragraph break. This option only affects the docx
reader.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--extract-media=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">DIR</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">.zip</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Extract images and
other media contained in or linked from the source document to the path
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">DIR</text:span>, creating it if
necessary, and adjust the images references in the document so they
point to the extracted files. Media are downloaded, read from the file
system, or extracted from a binary container (e.g. docx), as needed. The
original file paths are used if they are relative paths not containing
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">..</text:span>. Otherwise
filenames are constructed from the SHA1 hash of the
contents.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">If
the path given ends in
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">.zip</text:span>, then
instead of creating a directory, pandoc will create a zip archive
containing the media files.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--abbreviations=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Specifies a custom
abbreviations file, with abbreviations one to a line. If this option is
not specified, pandoc will read the data file
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">abbreviations</text:span>
from the user data directory or fall back on a system default. To see
the system default, use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc --print-default-data-file=abbreviations</text:span>.
The only use pandoc makes of this list is in the Markdown reader.
Strings found in this list will be followed by a nonbreaking space, and
the period will not produce sentence-ending space in formats like LaTeX.
The strings may not contain spaces.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--typst-input=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">KEY</text:span>[<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">VAL</text:span>]</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Set a parameter value
that will be made available to the typst parser in
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">sys.inputs</text:span>, like
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--input</text:span> in the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">typst</text:span> CLI.
Either <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">:</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">=</text:span> may be used to
separate <text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">KEY</text:span> from
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">VAL</text:span>. Values containing
spaces must be quoted.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--trace[=true|false]</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Print diagnostic
output tracing parser progress to stderr. This option is intended for
use by developers in diagnosing performance issues.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="general-writer-options" />General
writer
options<text:bookmark-end text:name="general-writer-options" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-s</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--standalone</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Produce output with
an appropriate header and footer (e.g. a standalone HTML, LaTeX, TEI, or
RTF file, not a fragment). This option is set automatically for
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pdf</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">epub</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">epub3</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fb2</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docx</text:span>, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">odt</text:span> output. For
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">native</text:span> output,
this option causes metadata to be included; otherwise, metadata is
suppressed.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--template=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">URL</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Use the specified
file as a custom template for the generated document. Implies
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--standalone</text:span>.
See
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#templates" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Templates</text:span></text:a>,
below, for a description of template syntax. If the template is not
found, pandoc will search for it in the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">templates</text:span>
subdirectory of the user data directory (see
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--data-dir</text:span>). If
no extension is specified and an extensionless template is not found,
pandoc will look for a template with an extension corresponding to the
writer, so that
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--template=special</text:span>
looks for
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">special.html</text:span> for
HTML output. If this option is not used, a default template appropriate
for the output format will be used (see
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-D/--print-default-template</text:span>).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-V</text:span>
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">KEY</text:span>[<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">VAL</text:span>],
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--variable=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">KEY</text:span>[<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">VAL</text:span>]</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Set the template
variable <text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">KEY</text:span> to the
string value <text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">VAL</text:span> when
rendering the document in standalone mode. Either
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">:</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">=</text:span> may be used to
separate <text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">KEY</text:span> from
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">VAL</text:span>. If no
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">VAL</text:span> is specified, the
key will be given the value
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">true</text:span>. Structured
values (lists, maps) cannot be assigned using this option, but they can
be assigned in the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">variables</text:span>
section of a
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#defaults-files" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">defaults
file</text:span></text:a> or using the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--variable-json</text:span>
option. If the variable already has a
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">list</text:span> value, the value
will be added to the list. If it already has another kind of value, it
will be made into a list containing the previous and the new value. For
example,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-V author=Joe -V author=Sue</text:span>
makes <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">author</text:span>
contain a list of strings:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Joe</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Sue</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--variable-json=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">KEY</text:span>[<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">JSON</text:span>]</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Set the template
variable <text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">KEY</text:span> to the
value specified by a JSON string (this may be a boolean, a string, a
list, or a mapping; a number will be treated as a string). For example,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--variable-json foo=false</text:span>
will give <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">foo</text:span>
the boolean false value, while
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--variable-json foo='&quot;false&quot;'</text:span>
will give it the string value
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&quot;false&quot;</text:span>.
Either <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">:</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">=</text:span> may be used to
separate <text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">KEY</text:span> from
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">VAL</text:span>. If the variable
already has a value, this value will be replaced.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-D</text:span>
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FORMAT</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--print-default-template=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FORMAT</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Print the system
default template for an output
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FORMAT</text:span>. (See
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-t</text:span> for a list of
possible <text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FORMAT</text:span>s.)
Templates in the user data directory are ignored. This option may be
used with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-o</text:span>/<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--output</text:span>
to redirect output to a file, but
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-o</text:span>/<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--output</text:span>
must come before
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--print-default-template</text:span>
on the command
line.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Note
that some of the default templates use partials, for example
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">styles.html</text:span>. To
print the partials, use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--print-default-data-file</text:span>:
for example,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--print-default-data-file=templates/styles.html</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--print-default-data-file=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Print a system
default data file. Files in the user data directory are ignored. This
option may be used with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-o</text:span>/<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--output</text:span>
to redirect output to a file, but
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-o</text:span>/<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--output</text:span>
must come before
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--print-default-data-file</text:span>
on the command line.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--eol=crlf</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lf</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">native</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Manually specify line
endings: <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">crlf</text:span>
(Windows), <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lf</text:span>
(macOS/Linux/UNIX), or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">native</text:span> (line
endings appropriate to the OS on which pandoc is being run). The default
is
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">native</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--dpi</text:span>=<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">NUMBER</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Specify the default
dpi (dots per inch) value for conversion from pixels to inch/centimeters
and vice versa. (Technically, the correct term would be ppi: pixels per
inch.) The default is 96dpi. When images contain information about dpi
internally, the encoded value is used instead of the default specified
by this option.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--wrap=auto</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">none</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">preserve</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Determine how text is
wrapped in the output (the source code, not the rendered version). With
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">auto</text:span> (the
default), pandoc will attempt to wrap lines to the column width
specified by
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--columns</text:span>
(default 72). With
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">none</text:span>, pandoc
will not wrap lines at all. With
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">preserve</text:span>, pandoc
will attempt to preserve the wrapping from the source document (that is,
where there are nonsemantic newlines in the source, there will be
nonsemantic newlines in the output as well). In
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ipynb</text:span> output,
this option affects wrapping of the contents of Markdown cells.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--columns=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">NUMBER</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Specify length of
lines in characters. This affects text wrapping in the generated source
code (see
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--wrap</text:span>). It also
affects calculation of column widths for plain text tables (see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#tables" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Tables</text:span></text:a>
below).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--toc[=true|false]</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--table-of-contents[=true|false]</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Include an
automatically generated table of contents (or, in the case of
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">latex</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">context</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docx</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">odt</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">opendocument</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">rst</text:span>, or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ms</text:span>, an
instruction to create one) in the output document. This option has no
effect unless
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-s/--standalone</text:span>
is used, and it has no effect on
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">man</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docbook4</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docbook5</text:span>, or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">jats</text:span>
output.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Note
that if you are producing a PDF via
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ms</text:span> and using
(the default)
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">groff</text:span> as a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--pdf-engine</text:span>,
the table of contents will appear at the end of the document. If you
would prefer it to be at the beginning of the document, before the
title, you can use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--pdf-engine=pdfroff</text:span>.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Because
the entries in a table of contents need heading identifiers to link to,
this option forces the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-auto_identifiers" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">auto_identifiers</text:span></text:span></text:a>
extension on for the input format, even when it is off by default (as it
is for
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">typst</text:span>).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--toc-depth=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">NUMBER</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Specify the number of
section levels to include in the table of contents. The default is 3
(which means that level-1, 2, and 3 headings will be listed in the
contents).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--lof[=true|false]</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--list-of-figures[=true|false]</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Include an
automatically generated list of figures (or, in some formats, an
instruction to create one) in the output document. This option has no
effect unless
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-s/--standalone</text:span>
is used, and it only has an effect on
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">latex</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">context</text:span>, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docx</text:span>
output.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--lot[=true|false]</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--list-of-tables[=true|false]</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Include an
automatically generated list of tables (or, in some formats, an
instruction to create one) in the output document. This option has no
effect unless
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-s/--standalone</text:span>
is used, and it only has an effect on
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">latex</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">context</text:span>, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docx</text:span>
output.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--strip-comments[=true|false]</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Strip out HTML
comments in the Markdown or Textile source, rather than passing them on
to Markdown, Textile or HTML output as raw HTML. This does not apply to
HTML comments inside raw HTML blocks when the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown_in_html_blocks</text:span>
extension is not set.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--syntax-highlighting=default|none|idiomatic|</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">STYLE</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">|</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">The method to use for
code syntax highlighting. Setting a specific
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">STYLE</text:span> causes
highlighting to be performed with the internal highlighting engine,
using KDE syntax definitions and styles. The
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">idiomatic</text:span> method
uses a format-specific highlighter if one is available, or the default
style if the target format has no idiomatic highlighting method. Setting
this option to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">none</text:span> disables
all syntax highlighting. The
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">default</text:span> method
uses a format-specific
default.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">The
default for HTML, EPUB, Docx, Ms, Man, and LaTeX output is to use the
internal highlighter with the default style; for Typst it is to use
Typst’s own syntax highlighting
system.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Style
options are
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pygments</text:span> (the
default), <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">kate</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">monochrome</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">breezeDark</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">espresso</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">zenburn</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">haddock</text:span>, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">tango</text:span>. For more
information on syntax highlighting in pandoc, see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#syntax-highlighting" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Syntax
highlighting</text:span></text:a>, below. See also
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--list-highlight-styles</text:span>.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Instead
of a <text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">STYLE</text:span> name, a
JSON file with extension
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">.theme</text:span> may be
supplied. This will be parsed as a KDE syntax highlighting theme and (if
valid) used as the highlighting
style.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">To
generate the JSON version of an existing style, use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--print-highlight-style</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--no-highlight</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">Deprecated,
use
</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--syntax-highlighting=none</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">
instead.</text:span></text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Disables
syntax highlighting for code blocks and inlines, even when a language
attribute is given.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--highlight-style=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">STYLE</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">Deprecated,
use
</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--syntax-highlighting=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">STYLE</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">|</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">
instead.</text:span></text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Specifies
the coloring style to be used in highlighted source code.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--print-highlight-style=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">STYLE</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Prints a JSON version
of a highlighting style, which can be modified, saved with a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">.theme</text:span>
extension, and used with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--syntax-highlighting</text:span>.
This option may be used with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-o</text:span>/<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--output</text:span>
to redirect output to a file, but
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-o</text:span>/<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--output</text:span>
must come before
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--print-highlight-style</text:span>
on the command line.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--syntax-definition=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Instructs pandoc to
load a KDE XML syntax definition file, which will be used for syntax
highlighting of appropriately marked code blocks. This can be used to
add support for new languages or to use altered syntax definitions for
existing languages. This option may be repeated to add multiple syntax
definitions.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-H</text:span>
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--include-in-header=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">URL</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Include contents of
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span>, verbatim, at the
end of the header. This can be used, for example, to include special CSS
or JavaScript in HTML documents. This option can be used repeatedly to
include multiple files in the header. They will be included in the order
specified. Implies
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--standalone</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-B</text:span>
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--include-before-body=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">URL</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Include contents of
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span>, verbatim, at the
beginning of the document body (e.g. after the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;body&gt;</text:span> tag
in HTML, or the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\begin{document}</text:span>
command in LaTeX). This can be used to include navigation bars or
banners in HTML documents. This option can be used repeatedly to include
multiple files. They will be included in the order specified. Implies
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--standalone</text:span>.
Note that if the output format is
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">odt</text:span>, this file
must be in OpenDocument XML format suitable for insertion into the body
of the document, and if the output is
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docx</text:span>, this file
must be in appropriate OpenXML format.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-A</text:span>
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--include-after-body=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">URL</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Include contents of
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span>, verbatim, at the
end of the document body (before the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;/body&gt;</text:span>
tag in HTML, or the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\end{document}</text:span>
command in LaTeX). This option can be used repeatedly to include
multiple files. They will be included in the order specified. Implies
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--standalone</text:span>.
Note that if the output format is
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">odt</text:span>, this file
must be in OpenDocument XML format suitable for insertion into the body
of the document, and if the output is
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docx</text:span>, this file
must be in appropriate OpenXML format.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--resource-path=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">SEARCHPATH</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">List of paths to
search for images and other resources. The paths should be separated by
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">:</text:span> on Linux,
UNIX, and macOS systems, and by
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">;</text:span> on Windows. If
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--resource-path</text:span>
is not specified, the default resource path is the working directory.
Note that, if
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--resource-path</text:span>
is specified, the working directory must be explicitly listed or it will
not be searched. For example:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--resource-path=.:test</text:span>
will search the working directory and the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">test</text:span>
subdirectory, in that order. This option can be used repeatedly. Search
path components that come later on the command line will be searched
before those that come earlier, so
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--resource-path foo:bar --resource-path baz:bim</text:span>
is equivalent to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--resource-path baz:bim:foo:bar</text:span>.
Note that this option only has an effect when pandoc itself needs to
find an image (e.g., in producing a PDF or docx, or when
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--embed-resources</text:span>
is used.) It will not cause image paths to be rewritten in other cases
(e.g., when pandoc is generating LaTeX or HTML).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--request-header=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">NAME</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">:</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">VAL</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Set the request
header <text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">NAME</text:span> to the
value <text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">VAL</text:span> when making
HTTP requests (for example, when a URL is given on the command line, or
when resources used in a document must be downloaded). If you’re behind
a proxy, you also need to set the environment variable
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">http_proxy</text:span> to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">http://...</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--no-check-certificate[=true|false]</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Disable the
certificate verification to allow access to unsecure HTTP resources (for
example when the certificate is no longer valid or self
signed).</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="options-affecting-specific-writers" />Options
affecting specific
writers<text:bookmark-end text:name="options-affecting-specific-writers" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--self-contained[=true|false]</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">Deprecated
synonym for
</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--embed-resources --standalone</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">.</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--embed-resources[=true|false]</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Produce a standalone
HTML file with no external dependencies, using
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">data:</text:span> URIs to
incorporate the contents of linked scripts, stylesheets, images, and
videos. The resulting file should be “self-contained,” in the sense that
it needs no external files and no net access to be displayed properly by
a browser. This option works only with HTML output formats, including
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html4</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html5</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html+lhs</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html5+lhs</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">s5</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">slidy</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">slideous</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">dzslides</text:span>, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">revealjs</text:span>.
Scripts, images, and stylesheets at absolute URLs will be downloaded;
those at relative URLs will be sought relative to the working directory
(if the first source file is local) or relative to the base URL (if the
first source file is remote). Elements with the attribute
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">data-external=&quot;1&quot;</text:span>
will be left alone; the documents they link to will not be incorporated
in the document. Limitation: resources that are loaded dynamically
through JavaScript cannot be incorporated; as a result, fonts may be
missing when
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--mathjax</text:span> is
used, and some advanced features (e.g. zoom or speaker notes) may not
work in an offline “self-contained”
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">reveal.js</text:span> slide
show.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">For SVG
images, <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">img</text:span> tags
with <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">data:</text:span> URIs
are used, unless the image has the class
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">inline-svg</text:span>, in
which case an inline SVG element is inserted. This approach is
recommended when there are many occurrences of the same SVG in a
document, as
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;use&gt;</text:span>
elements will be used to reduce duplication.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--link-images[=true|false]</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Include links to
images instead of embedding the images in ODT. (This option currently
only affects ODT output.)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--html-q-tags[=true|false]</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;q&gt;</text:span> tags
for quotes in HTML. (This option only has an effect if the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">smart</text:span> extension
is enabled for the input format used.)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--ascii[=true|false]</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Use only ASCII
characters in output. Currently supported for XML and HTML formats
(which use entities instead of UTF-8 when this option is selected),
CommonMark, gfm, and Markdown (which use entities), roff man and ms
(which use hexadecimal escapes), and to a limited degree LaTeX (which
uses standard commands for accented characters when possible).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--reference-links[=true|false]</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Use reference-style
links, rather than inline links, in writing Markdown or
reStructuredText. By default inline links are used. The placement of
link references is affected by the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--reference-location</text:span>
option.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--reference-location=block</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">section</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">document</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Specify whether
footnotes (and references, if
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">reference-links</text:span>
is set) are placed at the end of the current (top-level) block, the
current section, or the document. The default is
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">document</text:span>.
Currently this option only affects the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">muse</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">epub</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">slidy</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">s5</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">slideous</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">dzslides</text:span>, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">revealjs</text:span>
writers. In slide formats, specifying
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--reference-location=section</text:span>
will cause notes to be rendered at the bottom of a slide.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--figure-caption-position=above</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">below</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Specify whether
figure captions go above or below figures (default is
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">below</text:span>). This
option only affects HTML, LaTeX, Docx, ODT, and Typst output.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--table-caption-position=above</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">below</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Specify whether table
captions go above or below tables (default is
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">above</text:span>). This
option only affects HTML, LaTeX, Docx, ODT, and Typst output.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--markdown-headings=setext</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">atx</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Specify whether to
use ATX-style
(<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">#</text:span>-prefixed) or
Setext-style (underlined) headings for level 1 and 2 headings in
Markdown output. (The default is
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">atx</text:span>.) ATX-style
headings are always used for levels 3+. This option also affects
Markdown cells in
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ipynb</text:span>
output.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--list-tables[=true|false]</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Render tables as list
tables in RST output.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--top-level-division=default</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">section</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">chapter</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">part</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Treat top-level
headings as the given division type in LaTeX, ConTeXt, DocBook, and TEI
output. The hierarchy order is part, chapter, then section; all headings
are shifted such that the top-level heading becomes the specified type.
The default behavior is to determine the best division type via
heuristics: unless other conditions apply,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">section</text:span> is
chosen. When the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">documentclass</text:span>
variable is set to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">report</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">book</text:span>, or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">memoir</text:span> (unless
the <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">article</text:span>
option is specified),
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">chapter</text:span> is
implied as the setting for this option. If
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">beamer</text:span> is the
output format, specifying either
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">chapter</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">part</text:span> will cause
top-level headings to become
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\part{..}</text:span>, while
second-level headings remain as their default
type.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">In Docx
output, this option adds section breaks before first-level headings if
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">chapter</text:span> is
selected, and before first- and second-level headings if
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">part</text:span> is
selected. Footnote numbers will restart with each section break unless
the reference doc modifies this.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-N</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--number-sections=[true|false]</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Number section
headings in LaTeX, ConTeXt, HTML, Docx, ms, or EPUB output. By default,
sections are not numbered. Sections with class
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">unnumbered</text:span> will
never be numbered, even if
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--number-sections</text:span>
is specified.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--number-offset=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">NUMBER</text:span>[<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">,</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">NUMBER</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">,</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">…</text:span>]</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Offsets for section
heading numbers. The first number is added to the section number for
level-1 headings, the second for level-2 headings, and so on. So, for
example, if you want the first level-1 heading in your document to be
numbered “6” instead of “1”, specify
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--number-offset=5</text:span>.
If your document starts with a level-2 heading which you want to be
numbered “1.5”, specify
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--number-offset=1,4</text:span>.
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--number-offset</text:span>
only directly affects the number of the first section heading in a
document; subsequent numbers increment in the normal way. Implies
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--number-sections</text:span>.
Currently this feature only affects HTML and Docx output.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--listings[=true|false]</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">*Deprecated, use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--syntax-highlighting=idiomatic</text:span>
or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--syntax-highlighting=default</text:span>
instead.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Use
the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/listings" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">listings</text:span></text:span></text:a>
package for LaTeX code blocks. The package does not support multi-byte
encoding for source code. To handle UTF-8 you would need to use a custom
template. This issue is fully documented here:
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Source_Code_Listings#Encoding_issue" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Encoding
issue with the listings package</text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-i</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--incremental[=true|false]</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Make list items in
slide shows display incrementally (one by one). The default is for lists
to be displayed all at once.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--slide-level=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">NUMBER</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Specifies that
headings with the specified level create slides (for
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">beamer</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">revealjs</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pptx</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">s5</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">slidy</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">slideous</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">dzslides</text:span>).
Headings above this level in the hierarchy are used to divide the slide
show into sections; headings below this level create subheads within a
slide. Valid values are 0-6. If a slide level of 0 is specified, slides
will not be split automatically on headings, and horizontal rules must
be used to indicate slide boundaries. If a slide level is not specified
explicitly, the slide level will be set automatically based on the
contents of the document; see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#structuring-the-slide-show" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Structuring
the slide show</text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--section-divs[=true|false]</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Wrap sections in
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;section&gt;</text:span>
tags (or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;div&gt;</text:span> tags
for <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html4</text:span>), and
attach identifiers to the enclosing
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;section&gt;</text:span>
(or <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;div&gt;</text:span>)
rather than the heading itself (see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#heading-identifiers" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Heading
identifiers</text:span></text:a>, below). This option only affects HTML
output (and does not affect HTML slide formats).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--email-obfuscation=none</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">javascript</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">references</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Specify a method for
obfuscating
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mailto:</text:span> links in
HTML documents.
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">none</text:span> leaves
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mailto:</text:span> links as
they are.
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">javascript</text:span>
obfuscates them using JavaScript.
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">references</text:span>
obfuscates them by printing their letters as decimal or hexadecimal
character references. The default is
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">none</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--id-prefix=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">STRING</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Specify a prefix to
be added to all identifiers and internal links in HTML and DocBook
output, and to footnote numbers in Markdown and Haddock output. This is
useful for preventing duplicate identifiers when generating fragments to
be included in other pages.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-T</text:span>
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">STRING</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--title-prefix=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">STRING</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Specify
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">STRING</text:span> as a prefix at
the beginning of the title that appears in the HTML header (but not in
the title as it appears at the beginning of the HTML body). Implies
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--standalone</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-c</text:span>
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">URL</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--css=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">URL</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Link to a CSS style
sheet. This option can be used repeatedly to include multiple files.
They will be included in the order specified. This option only affects
HTML (including HTML slide shows) and EPUB output. It should be used
together with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-s/--standalone</text:span>,
because the link to the stylesheet goes in the document
header.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">A
stylesheet is required for generating EPUB. If none is provided using
this option (or the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">css</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">stylesheet</text:span>
metadata fields), pandoc will look for a file
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">epub.css</text:span> in the
user data directory (see
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--data-dir</text:span>). If
it is not found there, sensible defaults will be used.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:bookmark-start text:name="option--reference-doc" /><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--reference-doc=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">URL</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="option--reference-doc" /></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Use the specified
file as a style reference in producing a docx or ODT
file.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term">Docx</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">For best results, the
reference docx should be a modified version of a docx file produced
using pandoc. The contents of the reference docx are ignored, but its
stylesheets and document properties (including margins, page size,
header, and footer) are used in the new docx. If no reference docx is
specified on the command line, pandoc will look for a file
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">reference.docx</text:span>
in the user data directory (see
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--data-dir</text:span>). If
this is not found either, sensible defaults will be
used.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">To
produce a custom
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">reference.docx</text:span>,
first get a copy of the default
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">reference.docx</text:span>:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc -o custom-reference.docx --print-default-data-file reference.docx</text:span>.
Then open
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">custom-reference.docx</text:span>
in Word or LibreOffice, modify the styles as you wish, and save the
file. For best results, do not make changes to this file other than
modifying the styles used by
pandoc:</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Paragraph
styles:</text:p><text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Normal</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Body Text</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">First
    Paragraph</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Compact</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Title</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Subtitle</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Author</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Date</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Abstract</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">AbstractTitle</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Bibliography</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Heading 1</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Heading 2</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Heading 3</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Heading 4</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Heading 5</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Heading 6</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Heading 7</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Heading 8</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Heading 9</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Block Text [for
    block quotes]</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Footnote Block
    Text [for block quotes in footnotes]</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Source
    Code</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Footnote
    Text</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Definition
    Term</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Definition</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Caption</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Table
    Caption</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Image
    Caption</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Figure</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Captioned
    Figure</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">TOC
    Heading</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Character
styles:</text:p><text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Default Paragraph
    Font</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Verbatim
    Char</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Footnote
    Reference</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Hyperlink</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Section
    Number</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Table
style:</text:p><text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Table</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term">ODT</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">For best results, the
reference ODT should be a modified version of an ODT produced using
pandoc. The contents of the reference ODT are ignored, but its
stylesheets are used in the new ODT. If no reference ODT is specified on
the command line, pandoc will look for a file
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">reference.odt</text:span> in
the user data directory (see
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--data-dir</text:span>). If
this is not found either, sensible defaults will be
used.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">To
produce a custom
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">reference.odt</text:span>,
first get a copy of the default
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">reference.odt</text:span>:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc -o custom-reference.odt --print-default-data-file reference.odt</text:span>.
Then open
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">custom-reference.odt</text:span>
in LibreOffice, modify the styles as you wish, and save the
file.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term">PowerPoint</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Templates included
with Microsoft PowerPoint 2013 (either with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">.pptx</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">.potx</text:span> extension)
are known to work, as are most templates derived from
these.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">The
specific requirement is that the template should contain layouts with
the following names (as seen within
PowerPoint):</text:p><text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Title
    Slide</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Title and
    Content</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Section
    Header</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Two
    Content</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Comparison</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Content with
    Caption</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Blank</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">For each
name, the first layout found with that name will be used. If no layout
is found with one of the names, pandoc will output a warning and use the
layout with that name from the default reference doc instead. (How these
layouts are used is described in
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#powerpoint-layout-choice" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">PowerPoint
layout
choice</text:span></text:a>.)</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">All
templates included with a recent version of MS PowerPoint will fit these
criteria. (You can click on
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Layout</text:span> under the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Home</text:span> menu to
check.)</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">You
can also modify the default
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">reference.pptx</text:span>:
first run
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc -o custom-reference.pptx --print-default-data-file reference.pptx</text:span>,
and then modify
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">custom-reference.pptx</text:span>
in MS PowerPoint (pandoc will use the layouts with the names listed
above).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--split-level=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">NUMBER</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Specify the heading
level at which to split an EPUB or chunked HTML document into separate
files. The default is to split into chapters at level-1 headings. In the
case of EPUB, this option only affects the internal composition of the
EPUB, not the way chapters and sections are displayed to users. Some
readers may be slow if the chapter files are too large, so for large
documents with few level-1 headings, one might want to use a chapter
level of 2 or 3. For chunked HTML, this option determines how much
content goes in each “chunk.”</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--chunk-template=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">PATHTEMPLATE</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Specify a template
for the filenames in a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">chunkedhtml</text:span>
document. In the template,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">%n</text:span> will be
replaced by the chunk number (padded with leading 0s to 3 digits),
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">%s</text:span> with the
section number of the chunk,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">%h</text:span> with the
heading text (with formatting removed),
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">%i</text:span> with the
section identifier. For example,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">section-%s-%i.html</text:span>
might be resolved to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">section-1.1-introduction.html</text:span>.
The characters <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">/</text:span>
and <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\</text:span> are not
allowed in chunk templates and will be ignored. The default is
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">%s-%i.html</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--epub-chapter-level=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">NUMBER</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">Deprecated
synonym for
</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--split-level</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">.</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--epub-cover-image=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Use the specified
image as the EPUB cover. It is recommended that the image be less than
1000px in width and height. Note that in a Markdown source document you
can also specify
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">cover-image</text:span> in a
YAML metadata block (see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#epub-metadata" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">EPUB
Metadata</text:span></text:a>, below).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--epub-title-page=true</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">false</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Determines whether a
the title page is included in the EPUB (default is
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">true</text:span>).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--epub-metadata=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Look in the specified
XML file for metadata for the EPUB. The file should contain a series of
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.dublincore.org/specifications/dublin-core/dces/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Dublin
Core elements</text:span></text:a>. For
example:</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="1" />&lt;dc:rights&gt;Creative Commons&lt;/dc:rights&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="1" />&lt;dc:language&gt;es-AR&lt;/dc:language&gt;</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">By
default, pandoc will include the following metadata elements:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;dc:title&gt;</text:span>
(from the document title),
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;dc:creator&gt;</text:span>
(from the document authors),
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;dc:date&gt;</text:span>
(from the document date, which should be in
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.w3.org/TR/NOTE-datetime" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">ISO
8601 format</text:span></text:a>),
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;dc:language&gt;</text:span>
(from the <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lang</text:span>
variable, or, if is not set, the locale), and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;dc:identifier id=&quot;BookId&quot;&gt;</text:span>
(a randomly generated UUID). Any of these may be overridden by elements
in the metadata
file.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Note:
if the source document is Markdown, a YAML metadata block in the
document can be used instead. See below under
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#epub-metadata" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">EPUB
Metadata</text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--epub-embed-font=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Embed the specified
font in the EPUB. This option can be repeated to embed multiple fonts.
Wildcards can also be used: for example,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">DejaVuSans-*.ttf</text:span>.
However, if you use wildcards on the command line, be sure to escape
them or put the whole filename in single quotes, to prevent them from
being interpreted by the shell. To use the embedded fonts, you will need
to add declarations like the following to your CSS (see
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--css</text:span>):</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">@font-face {</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="3" />font-family: DejaVuSans;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="3" />font-style: normal;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="3" />font-weight: normal;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="3" />src:url(&quot;../fonts/DejaVuSans-Regular.ttf&quot;);</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">@font-face {</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="3" />font-family: DejaVuSans;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="3" />font-style: normal;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="3" />font-weight: bold;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="3" />src:url(&quot;../fonts/DejaVuSans-Bold.ttf&quot;);</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">@font-face {</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="3" />font-family: DejaVuSans;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="3" />font-style: italic;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="3" />font-weight: normal;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="3" />src:url(&quot;../fonts/DejaVuSans-Oblique.ttf&quot;);</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">@font-face {</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="3" />font-family: DejaVuSans;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="3" />font-style: italic;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="3" />font-weight: bold;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="3" />src:url(&quot;../fonts/DejaVuSans-BoldOblique.ttf&quot;);</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">body { font-family: &quot;DejaVuSans&quot;; }</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--epub-subdirectory=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">DIRNAME</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Specify the
subdirectory in the OCF container that is to hold the EPUB-specific
contents. The default is
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">EPUB</text:span>. To put the
EPUB contents in the top level, use an empty string.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--ipynb-output=all|none|best</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Determines how ipynb
output cells are treated.
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">all</text:span> means that
all of the data formats included in the original are preserved.
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">none</text:span> means that
the contents of data cells are omitted.
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">best</text:span> causes
pandoc to try to pick the richest data block in each output cell that is
compatible with the output format. The default is
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">best</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--pdf-engine=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">PROGRAM</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Use the specified
engine when producing PDF output. Valid values are
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pdflatex</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lualatex</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">xelatex</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">latexmk</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">tectonic</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">wkhtmltopdf</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">weasyprint</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pagedjs-cli</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">prince</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">context</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">groff</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pdfroff</text:span>, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">typst</text:span>. If the
engine is not in your PATH, the full path of the engine may be specified
here. If this option is not specified, pandoc uses the following
defaults depending on the output format specified using
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-t/--to</text:span>:</text:p><text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-t latex</text:span>
    or none:
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pdflatex</text:span>
    (other options:
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">xelatex</text:span>,
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lualatex</text:span>,
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">tectonic</text:span>,
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">latexmk</text:span>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-t context</text:span>:
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">context</text:span></text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-t html</text:span>:
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">weasyprint</text:span>
    (other options:
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">prince</text:span>,
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">wkhtmltopdf</text:span>,
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pagedjs-cli</text:span>;
    see
    <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://print-css.rocks" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">print-css.rocks</text:span></text:a>
    for a good introduction to PDF generation from HTML/CSS)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-t ms</text:span>:
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">groff</text:span></text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-t typst</text:span>:
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">typst</text:span></text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">This
option is normally intended to be used when a PDF file is specified as
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-o/--output</text:span>.
However, it may still have an effect when other output formats are
requested. For example,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ms</text:span> output will
include <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">.pdfhref</text:span>
macros only if a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--pdf-engine</text:span> is
selected, and the macros will be differently encoded depending on
whether <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">groff</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pdfroff</text:span> is
specified.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--pdf-engine-opt=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">STRING</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Use the given string
as a command-line argument to the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pdf-engine</text:span>. For
example, to use a persistent directory
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">foo</text:span> for
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">latexmk</text:span>’s
auxiliary files, use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--pdf-engine-opt=-outdir=foo</text:span>.
Note that no check for duplicate options is done.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="citation-rendering" />Citation
rendering<text:bookmark-end text:name="citation-rendering" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-C</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--citeproc</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Process the citations
in the file, replacing them with rendered citations and adding a
bibliography. Citation processing will not take place unless
bibliographic data is supplied, either through an external file
specified using the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--bibliography</text:span>
option or the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bibliography</text:span>
field in metadata, or via a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">references</text:span>
section in metadata containing a list of citations in CSL YAML format
with Markdown formatting. The style is controlled by a
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://docs.citationstyles.org/en/stable/specification.html" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">CSL</text:span></text:a>
stylesheet specified using the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--csl</text:span> option or
the <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">csl</text:span> field in
metadata. (If no stylesheet is specified, the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">chicago-author-date</text:span>
style will be used by default.) The citation processing transformation
may be applied before or after filters or Lua filters (see
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--filter</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--lua-filter</text:span>):
these transformations are applied in the order they appear on the
command line. For more information, see the section on
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#citations" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Citations</text:span></text:a>.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Note:
if this option is specified, the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">citations</text:span>
extension will be disabled automatically in the writer, to ensure that
the citeproc-generated citations will be rendered instead of the
format’s own citation syntax.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--bibliography=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Set the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bibliography</text:span>
field in the document’s metadata to
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span>, overriding any
value set in the metadata. If you supply this argument multiple times,
each <text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span> will be
added to bibliography. If
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span> is a URL, it will
be fetched via HTTP. If
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span> is not found
relative to the working directory, it will be sought in the resource
path (see
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--resource-path</text:span>).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--csl=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Set the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">csl</text:span> field in the
document’s metadata to
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span>, overriding any
value set in the metadata. (This is equivalent to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--metadata csl=FILE</text:span>.)
If <text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span> is a URL, it
will be fetched via HTTP. If
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span> is not found
relative to the working directory, it will be sought in the resource
path (see
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--resource-path</text:span>)
and finally in the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">csl</text:span> subdirectory
of the pandoc user data directory.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--citation-abbreviations=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Set the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">citation-abbreviations</text:span>
field in the document’s metadata to
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span>, overriding any
value set in the metadata. (This is equivalent to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--metadata citation-abbreviations=FILE</text:span>.)
If <text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span> is a URL, it
will be fetched via HTTP. If
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FILE</text:span> is not found
relative to the working directory, it will be sought in the resource
path (see
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--resource-path</text:span>)
and finally in the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">csl</text:span> subdirectory
of the pandoc user data directory.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--natbib</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Use
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/natbib" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">natbib</text:span></text:span></text:a>
for citations in LaTeX output. This option is not for use with the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--citeproc</text:span>
option or with PDF output. It is intended for use in producing a LaTeX
file that can be processed with
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/bibtex" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bibtex</text:span></text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--biblatex</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Use
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">biblatex</text:span></text:span></text:a>
for citations in LaTeX output. This option is not for use with the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--citeproc</text:span>
option or with PDF output. It is intended for use in producing a LaTeX
file that can be processed with
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/bibtex" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bibtex</text:span></text:span></text:a>
or
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/biber" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">biber</text:span></text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="math-rendering-in-html" />Math
rendering in
HTML<text:bookmark-end text:name="math-rendering-in-html" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The default is to render
TeX math as far as possible using Unicode characters. Formulas are put
inside a <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">span</text:span>
with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">class=&quot;math&quot;</text:span>,
so that they may be styled differently from the surrounding text if
needed. However, this gives acceptable results only for basic math,
usually you will want to use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--mathjax</text:span> or
another of the following options.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--mathjax</text:span>[<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">URL</text:span>]</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Use
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.mathjax.org" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">MathJax</text:span></text:a>
to display embedded TeX math in HTML output. TeX math will be put
between <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\(...\)</text:span>
(for inline math) or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\[...\]</text:span> (for
display math) and wrapped in
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;span&gt;</text:span>
tags with class
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">math</text:span>. Then the
MathJax JavaScript will render it. The
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">URL</text:span> should point to
the <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">MathJax.js</text:span>
load script. If a <text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">URL</text:span>
is not provided, a link to the Cloudflare CDN will be inserted.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--mathml</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Convert TeX math to
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.w3.org/Math/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">MathML</text:span></text:a>
(in <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">epub3</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docbook4</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docbook5</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">jats</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html4</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html5</text:span>). This is
the default in
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">odt</text:span> output.
MathML is supported natively by the main web browsers and select e-book
readers.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--webtex</text:span>[<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">URL</text:span>]</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Convert TeX formulas
to <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;img&gt;</text:span>
tags that link to an external script that converts formulas to images.
The formula will be URL-encoded and concatenated with the URL provided.
For SVG images you can for example use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--webtex https://latex.codecogs.com/svg.latex?</text:span>.
If no URL is specified, the CodeCogs URL generating PNGs will be used
(<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">https://latex.codecogs.com/png.latex?</text:span>).
Note: the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--webtex</text:span> option
will affect Markdown output as well as HTML, which is useful if you’re
targeting a version of Markdown without native math support.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--katex</text:span>[<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">=</text:span><text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">URL</text:span>]</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Use
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://github.com/Khan/KaTeX" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">KaTeX</text:span></text:a>
to display embedded TeX math in HTML output. The
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">URL</text:span> is the base URL
for the KaTeX library. That directory should contain a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">katex.min.js</text:span> and
a <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">katex.min.css</text:span>
file. If a <text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">URL</text:span> is not
provided, a link to the KaTeX CDN will be inserted.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--gladtex</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Enclose TeX math in
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;eq&gt;</text:span> tags
in HTML output. The resulting HTML can then be processed by
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://humenda.github.io/GladTeX/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">GladTeX</text:span></text:a>
to produce SVG images of the typeset formulas and an HTML file with
these images embedded.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc -s --gladtex input.md -o myfile.htex</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">gladtex -d image_dir myfile.htex</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"># produces myfile.html and images in image_dir</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="options-for-wrapper-scripts" />Options
for wrapper
scripts<text:bookmark-end text:name="options-for-wrapper-scripts" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--dump-args[=true|false]</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Print information
about command-line arguments to
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">stdout</text:span>, then exit.
This option is intended primarily for use in wrapper scripts. The first
line of output contains the name of the output file specified with the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-o</text:span> option, or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-</text:span> (for
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">stdout</text:span>) if no output
file was specified. The remaining lines contain the command-line
arguments, one per line, in the order they appear. These do not include
regular pandoc options and their arguments, but do include any options
appearing after a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--</text:span> separator at
the end of the line.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--ignore-args[=true|false]</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">Ignore command-line
arguments (for use in wrapper scripts). Regular pandoc options are not
ignored. Thus, for
example,</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc --ignore-args -o foo.html -s foo.txt -- -e latin1</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition">is
equivalent to</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc -o foo.html -s</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_1" text:outline-level="1"><text:bookmark-start text:name="exit-codes" />Exit
codes<text:bookmark-end text:name="exit-codes" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If pandoc completes
successfully, it will return exit code 0. Nonzero exit codes have the
following meanings:</text:p>
<table:table table:name="Table1" table:style-name="Table1">
  <table:table-column table:style-name="Table1.A" />
  <table:table-column table:style-name="Table1.B" />
  <table:table-header-rows>
    <table:table-row>
      <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableHeaderRowCell" office:value-type="string">
        <text:p text:style-name="P1">Code</text:p>
      </table:table-cell>
      <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableHeaderRowCell" office:value-type="string">
        <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Heading">Error</text:p>
      </table:table-cell>
    </table:table-row>
  </table:table-header-rows>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">1</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocIOError</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">3</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocFailOnWarningError</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">4</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocAppError</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">5</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocTemplateError</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">6</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocOptionError</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">21</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocUnknownReaderError</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">22</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocUnknownWriterError</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">23</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocUnsupportedExtensionError</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">24</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocCiteprocError</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">25</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocBibliographyError</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">31</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocEpubSubdirectoryError</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">43</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocPDFError</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">44</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocXMLError</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">47</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocPDFProgramNotFoundError</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">61</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocHttpError</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">62</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocShouldNeverHappenError</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">63</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocSomeError</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">64</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocParseError</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">66</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocMakePDFError</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">67</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocSyntaxMapError</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">83</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocFilterError</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">84</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocLuaError</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">89</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocNoScriptingEngine</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">91</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocMacroLoop</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">92</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocUTF8DecodingError</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">93</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocIpynbDecodingError</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">94</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocUnsupportedCharsetError</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">95</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocInputNotTextError</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">97</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocCouldNotFindDataFileError</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">98</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocCouldNotFindMetadataFileError</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="P2">99</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">PandocResourceNotFound</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
</table:table>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_1" text:outline-level="1"><text:bookmark-start text:name="defaults-files" />Defaults
files<text:bookmark-end text:name="defaults-files" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--defaults</text:span>
option may be used to specify a package of options, in the form of a
YAML or JSON file. Examples in this section will be given in YAML, but
the equivalent forms in JSON will also work.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Fields that are omitted will just
have their regular default values. So a defaults file can be as simple
as one line:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">verbosity: INFO</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">or in JSON:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">{ &quot;verbosity&quot;: &quot;INFO&quot; }</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">In fields that expect a
file path (or list of file paths), the following syntax may be used to
interpolate environment variables:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">csl: <text:s text:c="1" />${HOME}/mycsldir/special.csl</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">${USERDATA}</text:span>
may also be used; this will always resolve to the user data directory
that is current when the defaults file is parsed, regardless of the
setting of the environment variable
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">USERDATA</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">${.}</text:span>
will resolve to the directory containing the defaults file itself. This
allows you to refer to resources contained in that directory:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">epub-cover-image: ${.}/cover.jpg</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">epub-metadata: ${.}/meta.xml</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">resource-path:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- . <text:s text:c="12" /># the working directory from which pandoc is run</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- ${.}/images <text:s text:c="2" /># the images subdirectory of the directory</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="16" /># containing this defaults file</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">This environment variable
interpolation syntax
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">only</text:span> works in fields
that expect file paths.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Defaults files can be placed in
the <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">defaults</text:span>
subdirectory of the user data directory and used from any directory. For
example, one could create a file specifying defaults for writing
letters, save it as
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">letter.yaml</text:span> in
the <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">defaults</text:span>
subdirectory of the user data directory, and then invoke these defaults
from any directory using
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc --defaults letter</text:span>
or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc -dletter</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">When multiple defaults are used,
their contents will be combined.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Note that, where command-line
arguments may be repeated
(<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--metadata-file</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--css</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--include-in-header</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--include-before-body</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--include-after-body</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--variable</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--metadata</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--syntax-definition</text:span>),
the values specified on the command line will combine with values
specified in the defaults file, rather than replacing them.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">The following tables show the
mapping between the command line and defaults file entries.</text:p>
<table:table table:name="Table2" table:style-name="Table2">
  <table:table-column table:style-name="Table2.A" />
  <table:table-column table:style-name="Table2.B" />
  <table:table-header-rows>
    <table:table-row>
      <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableHeaderRowCell" office:value-type="string">
        <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Heading">command line</text:p>
      </table:table-cell>
      <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableHeaderRowCell" office:value-type="string">
        <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Heading">defaults
        file</text:p>
      </table:table-cell>
    </table:table-row>
  </table:table-header-rows>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">foo.md</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">input-file: foo.md</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">foo.md bar.md</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">input-files:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />- foo.md</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />- bar.md</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
</table:table>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The value of
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">input-files</text:span> may
be left empty to indicate input from stdin, and it can be an empty
sequence <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">[]</text:span> for
no input.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="general-options-1" />General
options<text:bookmark-end text:name="general-options-1" /></text:h>
<table:table table:name="Table3" table:style-name="Table3">
  <table:table-column table:style-name="Table3.A" />
  <table:table-column table:style-name="Table3.B" />
  <table:table-header-rows>
    <table:table-row>
      <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableHeaderRowCell" office:value-type="string">
        <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Heading">command line</text:p>
      </table:table-cell>
      <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableHeaderRowCell" office:value-type="string">
        <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Heading">defaults
        file</text:p>
      </table:table-cell>
    </table:table-row>
  </table:table-header-rows>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--from markdown+emoji</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">from: markdown+emoji</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">reader: markdown+emoji</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--to markdown+hard_line_breaks</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">to: markdown+hard_line_breaks</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">writer: markdown+hard_line_breaks</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--output foo.pdf</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">output-file: foo.pdf</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--output -</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">output-file:</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--data-dir dir</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">data-dir: dir</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--defaults file</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">defaults:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- file</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--verbose</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">verbosity: INFO</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--quiet</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">verbosity: ERROR</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--fail-if-warnings</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">fail-if-warnings: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--sandbox</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">sandbox: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--log=FILE</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">log-file: FILE</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
</table:table>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Options specified in a
defaults file itself always have priority over those in another file
included with a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">defaults:</text:span>
entry.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">verbosity</text:span>
can have the values
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ERROR</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">WARNING</text:span>, or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">INFO</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="reader-options-1" />Reader
options<text:bookmark-end text:name="reader-options-1" /></text:h>
<table:table table:name="Table4" table:style-name="Table4">
  <table:table-column table:style-name="Table4.A" />
  <table:table-column table:style-name="Table4.B" />
  <table:table-header-rows>
    <table:table-row>
      <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableHeaderRowCell" office:value-type="string">
        <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Heading">command line</text:p>
      </table:table-cell>
      <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableHeaderRowCell" office:value-type="string">
        <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Heading">defaults
        file</text:p>
      </table:table-cell>
    </table:table-row>
  </table:table-header-rows>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--shift-heading-level-by -1</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">shift-heading-level-by: -1</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--indented-code-classes python</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">indented-code-classes:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />- python</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--default-image-extension &quot;.jpg&quot;</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">default-image-extension: '.jpg'</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--file-scope</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">file-scope: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--citeproc \</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="1" />--lua-filter count-words.lua \</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="1" />--filter special.lua</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">filters:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />- citeproc</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />- count-words.lua</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />- type: json</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />path: special.lua</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--metadata key=value \</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="1" />--metadata key2</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">metadata:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />key: value</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />key2: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--metadata-file meta.yaml</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">metadata-files:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />- meta.yaml</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">metadata-file: meta.yaml</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--preserve-tabs</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">preserve-tabs: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--tab-stop 8</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">tab-stop: 8</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--track-changes accept</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">track-changes: accept</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--extract-media dir</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">extract-media: dir</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--abbreviations abbrevs.txt</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">abbreviations: abbrevs.txt</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--typst-input foo=bar</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">typst-inputs:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />foo: bar</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--trace</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">trace: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
</table:table>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Metadata values specified
in a defaults file are parsed as literal string text, not
Markdown.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Filters will be assumed to be Lua
filters if they have the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">.lua</text:span> extension,
and JSON filters otherwise. But the filter type can also be specified
explicitly, as shown. Filters are run in the order specified. To include
the built-in citeproc filter, use either
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">citeproc</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">{type: citeproc}</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="general-writer-options-1" />General
writer
options<text:bookmark-end text:name="general-writer-options-1" /></text:h>
<table:table table:name="Table5" table:style-name="Table5">
  <table:table-column table:style-name="Table5.A" />
  <table:table-column table:style-name="Table5.B" />
  <table:table-header-rows>
    <table:table-row>
      <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableHeaderRowCell" office:value-type="string">
        <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Heading">command line</text:p>
      </table:table-cell>
      <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableHeaderRowCell" office:value-type="string">
        <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Heading">defaults
        file</text:p>
      </table:table-cell>
    </table:table-row>
  </table:table-header-rows>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--standalone</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">standalone: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--template letter</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">template: letter</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--variable key=val \</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />--variable key2</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">variables:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />key: val</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />key2: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--eol nl</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">eol: nl</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--dpi 300</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">dpi: 300</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--wrap preserve</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">wrap: &quot;preserve&quot;</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--columns 72</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">columns: 72</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--table-of-contents</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">table-of-contents: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--toc</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">toc: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--toc-depth 3</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">toc-depth: 3</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--strip-comments</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">strip-comments: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--no-highlight</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">syntax-highlighting: 'none'</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--syntax-highlighting kate</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">syntax-highlighting: kate</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--syntax-definition mylang.xml</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">syntax-definitions:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />- mylang.xml</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">syntax-definition: mylang.xml</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--include-in-header inc.tex</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">include-in-header:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />- inc.tex</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--include-before-body inc.tex</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">include-before-body:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />- inc.tex</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--include-after-body inc.tex</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">include-after-body:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />- inc.tex</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--resource-path .:foo</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">resource-path: ['.','foo']</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--request-header foo:bar</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">request-headers:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />- [&quot;User-Agent&quot;, &quot;Mozilla/5.0&quot;]</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--no-check-certificate</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">no-check-certificate: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
</table:table>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="options-affecting-specific-writers-1" />Options
affecting specific
writers<text:bookmark-end text:name="options-affecting-specific-writers-1" /></text:h>
<table:table table:name="Table6" table:style-name="Table6">
  <table:table-column table:style-name="Table6.A" />
  <table:table-column table:style-name="Table6.B" />
  <table:table-header-rows>
    <table:table-row>
      <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableHeaderRowCell" office:value-type="string">
        <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Heading">command line</text:p>
      </table:table-cell>
      <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableHeaderRowCell" office:value-type="string">
        <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Heading">defaults
        file</text:p>
      </table:table-cell>
    </table:table-row>
  </table:table-header-rows>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--self-contained</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">self-contained: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--link-images</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">link-images: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--html-q-tags</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">html-q-tags: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--ascii</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">ascii: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--reference-links</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">reference-links: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--reference-location block</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">reference-location: block</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--figure-caption-position=above</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">figure-caption-position: above</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--table-caption-position=below</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">table-caption-position: below</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--markdown-headings atx</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">markdown-headings: atx</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--list-tables</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">list-tables: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--top-level-division chapter</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">top-level-division: chapter</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--number-sections</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">number-sections: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--number-offset=1,4</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">number-offset: \[1,4\]</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--listings</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">listings: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--list-of-figures</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">list-of-figures: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--lof</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">lof: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--list-of-tables</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">list-of-tables: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--lot</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">lot: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--incremental</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">incremental: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--slide-level 2</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">slide-level: 2</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--section-divs</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">section-divs: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--email-obfuscation references</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">email-obfuscation: references</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--id-prefix ch1</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">identifier-prefix: ch1</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--title-prefix MySite</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">title-prefix: MySite</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--css styles/screen.css <text:s text:c="1" />\</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />--css styles/special.css</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">css:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />- styles/screen.css</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />- styles/special.css</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--reference-doc my.docx</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">reference-doc: my.docx</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--epub-cover-image cover.jpg</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">epub-cover-image: cover.jpg</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--epub-title-page=false</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">epub-title-page: false</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--epub-metadata meta.xml</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">epub-metadata: meta.xml</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--epub-embed-font special.otf \</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />--epub-embed-font headline.otf</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">epub-fonts:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />- special.otf</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />- headline.otf</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--split-level 2</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">split-level: 2</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--chunk-template=&quot;%i.html&quot;</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">chunk-template: &quot;%i.html&quot;</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--epub-subdirectory=&quot;&quot;</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">epub-subdirectory: ''</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--ipynb-output best</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">ipynb-output: best</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--pdf-engine xelatex</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pdf-engine: xelatex</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--pdf-engine-opt=--shell-escape</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pdf-engine-opts:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />- '-shell-escape'</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pdf-engine-opt: '-shell-escape'</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
</table:table>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="citation-rendering-1" />Citation
rendering<text:bookmark-end text:name="citation-rendering-1" /></text:h>
<table:table table:name="Table7" table:style-name="Table7">
  <table:table-column table:style-name="Table7.A" />
  <table:table-column table:style-name="Table7.B" />
  <table:table-header-rows>
    <table:table-row>
      <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableHeaderRowCell" office:value-type="string">
        <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Heading">command line</text:p>
      </table:table-cell>
      <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableHeaderRowCell" office:value-type="string">
        <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Heading">defaults
        file</text:p>
      </table:table-cell>
    </table:table-row>
  </table:table-header-rows>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--citeproc</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">citeproc: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--bibliography logic.bib</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">bibliography: logic.bib</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--csl ieee.csl</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">csl: ieee.csl</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--citation-abbreviations ab.json</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">citation-abbreviations: ab.json</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--natbib</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">cite-method: natbib</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--biblatex</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">cite-method: biblatex</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
</table:table>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">cite-method</text:span>
can be <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">citeproc</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">natbib</text:span>, or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">biblatex</text:span>. This
only affects LaTeX output. If you want to use citeproc to format
citations, you should also set ‘citeproc: true’.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">If you need control over when the
citeproc processing is done relative to other filters, you should
instead use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">citeproc</text:span> in the
list of <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">filters</text:span>
(see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#reader-options-1" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Reader
options</text:span></text:a>).</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="math-rendering-in-html-1" />Math
rendering in
HTML<text:bookmark-end text:name="math-rendering-in-html-1" /></text:h>
<table:table table:name="Table8" table:style-name="Table8">
  <table:table-column table:style-name="Table8.A" />
  <table:table-column table:style-name="Table8.B" />
  <table:table-header-rows>
    <table:table-row>
      <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableHeaderRowCell" office:value-type="string">
        <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Heading">command line</text:p>
      </table:table-cell>
      <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableHeaderRowCell" office:value-type="string">
        <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Heading">defaults
        file</text:p>
      </table:table-cell>
    </table:table-row>
  </table:table-header-rows>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--mathjax</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">html-math-method:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />method: mathjax</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--mathml</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">html-math-method:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />method: mathml</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--webtex</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">html-math-method:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />method: webtex</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--katex</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">html-math-method:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />method: katex</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--gladtex</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">html-math-method:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />method: gladtex</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
</table:table>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">In addition to the values
listed above,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">method</text:span> can have
the value
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">plain</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">If the command line option
accepts a URL argument, an
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">url:</text:span> field can
be added to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html-math-method:</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="options-for-wrapper-scripts-1" />Options
for wrapper
scripts<text:bookmark-end text:name="options-for-wrapper-scripts-1" /></text:h>
<table:table table:name="Table9" table:style-name="Table9">
  <table:table-column table:style-name="Table9.A" />
  <table:table-column table:style-name="Table9.B" />
  <table:table-header-rows>
    <table:table-row>
      <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableHeaderRowCell" office:value-type="string">
        <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Heading">command line</text:p>
      </table:table-cell>
      <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableHeaderRowCell" office:value-type="string">
        <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Heading">defaults
        file</text:p>
      </table:table-cell>
    </table:table-row>
  </table:table-header-rows>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--dump-args</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">dump-args: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">--ignore-args</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">ignore-args: true</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
</table:table>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_1" text:outline-level="1"><text:bookmark-start text:name="templates" />Templates<text:bookmark-end text:name="templates" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">When the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-s/--standalone</text:span>
option is used, pandoc uses a template to add header and footer material
that is needed for a self-standing document. To see the default template
that is used, just type</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc -D *FORMAT*</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">where
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FORMAT</text:span> is the name of
the output format. A custom template can be specified using the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--template</text:span>
option. You can also override the system default templates for a given
output format <text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">FORMAT</text:span>
by putting a file
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">templates/default.*FORMAT*</text:span>
in the user data directory (see
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--data-dir</text:span>,
above).
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">Exceptions:</text:span></text:p>
<text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">For
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">odt</text:span> output,
    customize the
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">default.opendocument</text:span>
    template.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">For
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docx</text:span> output,
    customize the
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">default.openxml</text:span>
    template.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">For
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pdf</text:span> output,
    customize the
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">default.latex</text:span>
    template (or the
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">default.context</text:span>
    template, if you use
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-t context</text:span>,
    or the
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">default.ms</text:span>
    template, if you use
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-t ms</text:span>, or
    the
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">default.html</text:span>
    template, if you use
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-t html</text:span>).</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pptx</text:span>
    has no template.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Note that
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docx</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">odt</text:span>, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pptx</text:span> output can
also be customized using
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--reference-doc</text:span>.
Use a reference doc to adjust the styles in your document; use a
template to handle variable interpolation and customize the presentation
of metadata, the position of the table of contents, boilerplate text,
etc.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Templates contain
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">variables</text:span>, which allow
for the inclusion of arbitrary information at any point in the file.
They may be set at the command line using the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-V/--variable</text:span>
option. If a variable is not set, pandoc will look for the key in the
document’s metadata, which can be set using either
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-yaml_metadata_block" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">YAML
metadata blocks</text:span></text:a> or with the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-M/--metadata</text:span>
option. In addition, some variables are given default values by pandoc.
See
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#variables" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Variables</text:span></text:a>
below for a list of variables used in pandoc’s default
templates.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">If you use custom templates, you
may need to revise them as pandoc changes. We recommend tracking the
changes in the default templates, and modifying your custom templates
accordingly. An easy way to do this is to fork the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://github.com/jgm/pandoc-templates" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">pandoc-templates</text:span></text:a>
repository and merge in changes after each pandoc release.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="template-syntax" />Template
syntax<text:bookmark-end text:name="template-syntax" /></text:h>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="comments" />Comments<text:bookmark-end text:name="comments" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Anything between the
sequence <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$--</text:span> and
the end of the line will be treated as a comment and omitted from the
output.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="delimiters" />Delimiters<text:bookmark-end text:name="delimiters" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">To mark variables and
control structures in the template, either
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$</text:span>…<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$</text:span>
or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">${</text:span>…<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">}</text:span>
may be used as delimiters. The styles may also be mixed in the same
template, but the opening and closing delimiter must match in each case.
The opening delimiter may be followed by one or more spaces or tabs,
which will be ignored. The closing delimiter may be preceded by one or
more spaces or tabs, which will be ignored.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">To include a literal
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$</text:span> in the
document, use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$$</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="interpolated-variables" />Interpolated
variables<text:bookmark-end text:name="interpolated-variables" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">A slot for an interpolated
variable is a variable name surrounded by matched delimiters. Variable
names must begin with a letter and can contain letters, numbers,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">_</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-</text:span>, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">.</text:span>. The keywords
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">it</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">if</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">else</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">endif</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">for</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">sep</text:span>, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">endfor</text:span> may not
be used as variable names. Examples:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$foo$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$foo.bar.baz$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$foo_bar.baz-bim$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$ foo $</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">${foo}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">${foo.bar.baz}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">${foo_bar.baz-bim}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">${ foo }</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Variable names with periods
are used to get at structured variable values. So, for example,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">employee.salary</text:span>
will return the value of the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">salary</text:span> field of
the object that is the value of the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">employee</text:span>
field.</text:p>
<text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">If the value of
    the variable is a simple value, it will be rendered verbatim. (Note
    that no escaping is done; the assumption is that the calling program
    will escape the strings appropriately for the output
    format.)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">If the value is a
    list, the values will be concatenated.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">If the value is a
    map, the string
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">true</text:span> will be
    rendered.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Every other value
    will be rendered as the empty string.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="conditionals" />Conditionals<text:bookmark-end text:name="conditionals" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">A conditional begins with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">if(variable)</text:span>
(enclosed in matched delimiters) and ends with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">endif</text:span> (enclosed
in matched delimiters). It may optionally contain an
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">else</text:span> (enclosed
in matched delimiters). The
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">if</text:span> section is
used if <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">variable</text:span>
has a true value, otherwise the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">else</text:span> section is
used (if present). The following values count as true:</text:p>
<text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">any map</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">any array
    containing at least one true value</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">any nonempty
    string</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">boolean
    True</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Note that in YAML metadata
(and metadata specified on the command line using
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-M/--metadata</text:span>),
unquoted <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">true</text:span>
and <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">false</text:span> will
be interpreted as Boolean values. But a variable specified on the
command line using
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-V/--variable</text:span>
will always be given a string value. Hence a conditional
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">if(foo)</text:span> will be
triggered if you use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-V foo=false</text:span>,
but not if you use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-M foo=false</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Examples:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$if(foo)$bar$endif$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$if(foo)$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />$foo$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$endif$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$if(foo)$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">part one</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$else$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">part two</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$endif$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">${if(foo)}bar${endif}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">${if(foo)}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />${foo}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">${endif}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">${if(foo)}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">${ foo.bar }</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">${else}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">no foo!</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">${endif}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The keyword
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">elseif</text:span> may be
used to simplify complex nested conditionals:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$if(foo)$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">XXX</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$elseif(bar)$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">YYY</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$else$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">ZZZ</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$endif$</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="for-loops" />For
loops<text:bookmark-end text:name="for-loops" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">A for loop begins with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">for(variable)</text:span>
(enclosed in matched delimiters) and ends with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">endfor</text:span> (enclosed
in matched delimiters).</text:p>
<text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">If
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">variable</text:span> is
    an array, the material inside the loop will be evaluated repeatedly,
    with
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">variable</text:span>
    being set to each value of the array in turn, and
    concatenated.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">If
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">variable</text:span> is
    a map, the material inside will be set to the map.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">If the value of
    the associated variable is not an array or a map, a single iteration
    will be performed on its value.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Examples:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$for(foo)$$foo$$sep$, $endfor$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$for(foo)$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />- $foo.last$, $foo.first$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$endfor$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">${ for(foo.bar) }</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />- ${ foo.bar.last }, ${ foo.bar.first }</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">${ endfor }</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$for(mymap)$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$it.name$: $it.office$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$endfor$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">You may optionally specify
a separator between consecutive values using
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">sep</text:span> (enclosed in
matched delimiters). The material between
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">sep</text:span> and the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">endfor</text:span> is the
separator.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">${ for(foo) }${ foo }${ sep }, ${ endfor }</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Instead of using
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">variable</text:span> inside
the loop, the special anaphoric keyword
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">it</text:span> may be
used.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">${ for(foo.bar) }</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />- ${ it.last }, ${ it.first }</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">${ endfor }</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="partials" />Partials<text:bookmark-end text:name="partials" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Partials (subtemplates
stored in different files) may be included by using the name of the
partial, followed by
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">()</text:span>, for
example:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">${ styles() }</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Partials will be sought in
the directory containing the main template. The file name will be
assumed to have the same extension as the main template if it lacks an
extension. When calling the partial, the full name including file
extension can also be used:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">${ styles.html() }</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">(If a partial is not found
in the directory of the template and the template path is given as a
relative path, it will also be sought in the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">templates</text:span>
subdirectory of the user data directory.)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Partials may optionally be
applied to variables using a colon:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">${ date:fancy() }</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">${ articles:bibentry() }</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">articles</text:span> is an
array, this will iterate over its values, applying the partial
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bibentry()</text:span> to
each one. So the second example above is equivalent to</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">${ for(articles) }</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">${ it:bibentry() }</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">${ endfor }</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Note that the anaphoric
keyword <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">it</text:span> must
be used when iterating over partials. In the above examples, the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bibentry</text:span> partial
should contain
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">it.title</text:span> (and so
on) instead of
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">articles.title</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Final newlines are omitted from
included partials.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Partials may include other
partials.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">A separator between values of an
array may be specified in square brackets, immediately after the
variable name or partial:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">${months[, ]}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">${articles:bibentry()[; ]}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The separator in this case
is literal and (unlike with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">sep</text:span> in an
explicit <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">for</text:span>
loop) cannot contain interpolated variables or other template
directives.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="nesting" />Nesting<text:bookmark-end text:name="nesting" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">To ensure that content is
“nested,” that is, subsequent lines indented, use the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">^</text:span>
directive:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$item.number$ <text:s text:c="1" />$^$$item.description$ ($item.price$)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">In this example, if
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">item.description</text:span>
has multiple lines, they will all be indented to line up with the first
line:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">00123 <text:s text:c="1" />A fine bottle of 18-year old</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="7" />Oban whiskey. ($148)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">To nest multiple lines to
the same level, align them with the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">^</text:span> directive in
the template. For example:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$item.number$ <text:s text:c="1" />$^$$item.description$ ($item.price$)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="15" />(Available til $item.sellby$.)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">will produce</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">00123 <text:s text:c="1" />A fine bottle of 18-year old</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="7" />Oban whiskey. ($148)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="7" />(Available til March 30, 2020.)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If a variable occurs by
itself on a line, preceded by whitespace and not followed by further
text or directives on the same line, and the variable’s value contains
multiple lines, it will be nested automatically.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="breakable-spaces" />Breakable
spaces<text:bookmark-end text:name="breakable-spaces" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Normally, spaces in the
template itself (as opposed to values of the interpolated variables) are
not breakable, but they can be made breakable in part of the template by
using the <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">~</text:span>
keyword (ended with another
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">~</text:span>).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$~$This long line may break if the document is rendered</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">with a short line length.$~$</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="pipes" />Pipes<text:bookmark-end text:name="pipes" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">A pipe transforms the value
of a variable or partial. Pipes are specified using a slash
(<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">/</text:span>) between the
variable name (or partial) and the pipe name. Example:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$for(name)$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$name/uppercase$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$endfor$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$for(metadata/pairs)$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- $it.key$: $it.value$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$endfor$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$employee:name()/uppercase$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Pipes may be
chained:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$for(employees/pairs)$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$it.key/alpha/uppercase$. $it.name$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$endfor$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Some pipes take
parameters:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">|----------------------|------------|</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$for(employee)$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$it.name.first/uppercase/left 20 &quot;| &quot;$$it.name.salary/right 10 &quot; | &quot; &quot; |&quot;$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$endfor$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">|----------------------|------------|</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Currently the following
pipes are predefined:</text:p>
<text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pairs</text:span>:
    Converts a map or array to an array of maps, each with
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">key</text:span> and
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">value</text:span>
    fields. If the original value was an array, the
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">key</text:span> will be
    the array index, starting with 1.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">uppercase</text:span>:
    Converts text to uppercase.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lowercase</text:span>:
    Converts text to lowercase.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">length</text:span>:
    Returns the length of the value: number of characters for a textual
    value, number of elements for a map or array.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">reverse</text:span>:
    Reverses a textual value or array, and has no effect on other
    values.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">first</text:span>:
    Returns the first value of an array, if applied to a non-empty
    array; otherwise returns the original value.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">last</text:span>:
    Returns the last value of an array, if applied to a non-empty array;
    otherwise returns the original value.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">rest</text:span>:
    Returns all but the first value of an array, if applied to a
    non-empty array; otherwise returns the original value.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">allbutlast</text:span>:
    Returns all but the last value of an array, if applied to a
    non-empty array; otherwise returns the original value.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">chomp</text:span>:
    Removes trailing newlines (and breakable space).</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">nowrap</text:span>:
    Disables line wrapping on breakable spaces.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">alpha</text:span>:
    Converts textual values that can be read as an integer into
    lowercase alphabetic characters
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">a..z</text:span> (mod
    26). This can be used to get lettered enumeration from array
    indices. To get uppercase letters, chain with
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">uppercase</text:span>.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">roman</text:span>:
    Converts textual values that can be read as an integer into
    lowercase roman numerals. This can be used to get lettered
    enumeration from array indices. To get uppercase roman, chain with
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">uppercase</text:span>.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">left n &quot;leftborder&quot; &quot;rightborder&quot;</text:span>:
    Renders a textual value in a block of width
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">n</text:span>, aligned
    to the left, with an optional left and right border. Has no effect
    on other values. This can be used to align material in tables.
    Widths are positive integers indicating the number of characters.
    Borders are strings inside double quotes; literal
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&quot;</text:span> and
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\</text:span> characters
    must be backslash-escaped.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">right n &quot;leftborder&quot; &quot;rightborder&quot;</text:span>:
    Renders a textual value in a block of width
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">n</text:span>, aligned
    to the right, and has no effect on other values.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">center n &quot;leftborder&quot; &quot;rightborder&quot;</text:span>:
    Renders a textual value in a block of width
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">n</text:span>, aligned
    to the center, and has no effect on other values.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="variables" />Variables<text:bookmark-end text:name="variables" /></text:h>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="metadata-variables" />Metadata
variables<text:bookmark-end text:name="metadata-variables" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">title</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">author</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">date</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">allow
identification of basic aspects of the document. Included in PDF
metadata through LaTeX and ConTeXt. These can be set through a
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-pandoc_title_block" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">pandoc
title block</text:span></text:a>, which allows for multiple authors, or
through a
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-yaml_metadata_block" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">YAML
metadata
block</text:span></text:a>:</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">author:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- Aristotle</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- Peter Abelard</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">...</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">Note
that if you just want to set PDF or HTML metadata, without including a
title block in the document itself, you can set the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">title-meta</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">author-meta</text:span>, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">date-meta</text:span>
variables. (By default these are set automatically, based on
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">title</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">author</text:span>, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">date</text:span>.) The page
title in HTML is set by
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pagetitle</text:span>, which
is equal to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">title</text:span> by
default.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">subtitle</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">document
subtitle, included in HTML, EPUB, LaTeX, ConTeXt, and docx
documents</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">abstract</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">document
summary, included in HTML, LaTeX, ConTeXt, AsciiDoc, and docx
documents</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">abstract-title</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">title of
abstract, currently used only in HTML, EPUB, docx, and Typst. This will
be set automatically to a localized value, depending on
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lang</text:span>, but can be
manually overridden.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">keywords</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">list of
keywords to be included in HTML, PDF, ODT, pptx, docx and AsciiDoc
metadata; repeat as for
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">author</text:span>,
above</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">subject</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">document
subject, included in ODT, PDF, docx, EPUB, and pptx metadata</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">description</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">document
description, included in ODT, docx and pptx metadata. Some applications
show this as
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Comments</text:span>
metadata.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">category</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">document
category, included in docx and pptx metadata</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Additionally, any
root-level string metadata, not included in ODT, docx or pptx metadata
is added as a <text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">custom
property</text:span>. The following
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://yaml.org/spec/1.2/spec.html" office:name="YAML v1.2 Spec"><text:span text:style-name="Definition">YAML</text:span></text:a>
metadata block for instance:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">title: <text:s text:c="1" />'This is the title'</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">subtitle: &quot;This is the subtitle&quot;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">author:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- Author One</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- Author Two</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">description: |</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />This is a long</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />description.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />It consists of two paragraphs</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">...</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">will include
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">title</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">author</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">description</text:span> as
standard document properties and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">subtitle</text:span> as a
custom property when converting to docx, ODT or pptx.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="language-variables" />Language
variables<text:bookmark-end text:name="language-variables" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lang</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">identifies
the main language of the document using IETF language tags (following
the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">BCP
47</text:span></text:a> standard), such as
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">en</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">en-GB</text:span>. The
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://r12a.github.io/app-subtags/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Language
subtag lookup</text:span></text:a> tool can look up or verify these
tags. This affects most formats, and controls hyphenation in PDF output
when using LaTeX (through
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/babel" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">babel</text:span></text:span></text:a>
and
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/polyglossia" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">polyglossia</text:span></text:span></text:a>)
or
ConTeXt.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">Use
native pandoc
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#divs-and-spans" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Divs
and Spans</text:span></text:a> with the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lang</text:span> attribute
to switch the language:</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">lang: en-GB</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">...</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Text in the main document language (British English).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">::: {lang=fr-CA}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&gt; Cette citation est écrite en français canadien.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">:::</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">More text in English. ['Zitat auf Deutsch.']{lang=de}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">dir</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">the base
script direction, either
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">rtl</text:span>
(right-to-left) or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ltr</text:span>
(left-to-right).</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">For
bidirectional documents, native pandoc
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">span</text:span>s and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">div</text:span>s with the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">dir</text:span> attribute
(value <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">rtl</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ltr</text:span>) can be used
to override the base direction in some output formats. This may not
always be necessary if the final renderer (e.g. the browser, when
generating HTML) supports the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.w3.org/International/articles/inline-bidi-markup/uba-basics" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Unicode
Bidirectional
Algorithm</text:span></text:a>.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">When
using LaTeX for bidirectional documents, only the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">xelatex</text:span> engine
is fully supported (use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--pdf-engine=xelatex</text:span>).</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="variables-for-html" />Variables
for HTML<text:bookmark-end text:name="variables-for-html" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">document-css</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">Enables
inclusion of most of the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Learn/CSS" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">CSS</text:span></text:a>
in the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">styles.html</text:span>
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#partials" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">partial</text:span></text:a>
(have a look with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc --print-default-data-file=templates/styles.html</text:span>).
Unless you use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--css</text:span>, this
variable is set to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">true</text:span> by default.
You can disable it with
e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc -M document-css=false</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mainfont</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">sets the CSS
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">font-family</text:span>
property on the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html</text:span>
element.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fontsize</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">sets the
base CSS
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">font-size</text:span>, which
you’d usually set to
e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">20px</text:span>, but
it also accepts
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pt</text:span> (12pt = 16px
in most browsers).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fontcolor</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">sets the CSS
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">color</text:span> property
on the <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html</text:span>
element.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">linkcolor</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">sets the CSS
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">color</text:span> property
on all links.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">monofont</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">sets the CSS
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">font-family</text:span>
property on <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">code</text:span>
elements.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">monobackgroundcolor</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">sets the CSS
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">background-color</text:span>
property on <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">code</text:span>
elements and adds extra padding.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">linestretch</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">sets the CSS
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">line-height</text:span>
property on the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html</text:span> element,
which is preferred to be unitless.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">maxwidth</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">sets the CSS
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">max-width</text:span>
property (default is 36em).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">backgroundcolor</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">sets the CSS
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">background-color</text:span>
property on the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html</text:span>
element.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">margin-left</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">margin-right</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">margin-top</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">margin-bottom</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">sets the
corresponding CSS
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">padding</text:span>
properties on the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">body</text:span>
element.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">To override or extend some
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Learn/CSS" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">CSS</text:span></text:a>
for just one document, include for example:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">header-includes: |</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />&lt;style&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />blockquote {</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />font-style: italic;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />tr.even {</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />background-color: #f0f0f0;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />td, th {</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />padding: 0.5em 2em 0.5em 0.5em;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />tbody {</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />border-bottom: none;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />&lt;/style&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="variables-for-html-math" />Variables
for HTML
math<text:bookmark-end text:name="variables-for-html-math" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">classoption</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">when using
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--katex</text:span>, you can
render display math equations flush left using
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#layout" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">YAML
metadata</text:span></text:a> or with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-M classoption=fleqn</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="variables-for-html-slides" />Variables
for HTML
slides<text:bookmark-end text:name="variables-for-html-slides" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">These affect HTML output
when
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#slide-shows" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">producing
slide shows with pandoc</text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">institute</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">author
affiliations: can be a list when there are multiple authors</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">revealjs-url</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">base URL for
reveal.js documents (defaults to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">https://unpkg.com/reveal.js@^5</text:span>)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">s5-url</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">base URL for
S5 documents (defaults to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">s5/default</text:span>)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">slidy-url</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">base URL for
Slidy documents (defaults to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">https://www.w3.org/Talks/Tools/Slidy2</text:span>)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">slideous-url</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">base URL for
Slideous documents (defaults to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">slideous</text:span>)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">title-slide-attributes</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">additional
attributes for the title slide of reveal.js slide shows. See
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#background-in-reveal.js-beamer-and-pptx" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">background
in reveal.js, beamer, and pptx</text:span></text:a> for an
example.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">highlightjs-theme</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">highlight.js
theme for code highlighting when using
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--syntax-highlighting=idiomatic</text:span>
with reveal.js (defaults to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">monokai</text:span>). See
the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://highlightjs.org/demo" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">highlight.js
demo page</text:span></text:a> for available themes.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">All
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://revealjs.com/config/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">reveal.js
configuration options</text:span></text:a> are available as variables.
To turn off boolean flags that default to true in reveal.js, use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">0</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="variables-for-beamer-slides" />Variables
for Beamer
slides<text:bookmark-end text:name="variables-for-beamer-slides" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">These variables change the
appearance of PDF slides using
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">beamer</text:span></text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">aspectratio</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">slide aspect
ratio (<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">43</text:span> for
4:3 [default],
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">169</text:span> for 16:9,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">1610</text:span> for 16:10,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">149</text:span> for 14:9,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">141</text:span> for 1.41:1,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">54</text:span> for 5:4,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">32</text:span> for
3:2)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">beameroption</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">add extra
beamer option with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\setbeameroption{}</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">institute</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">author
affiliations: can be a list when there are multiple authors</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">logo</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">logo image
for slides</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">logooptions</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">options for
logo image (e.g.,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">width</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">height</text:span>)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">navigation</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">controls
navigation symbols (default is
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">empty</text:span> for no
navigation symbols; other valid values are
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">frame</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">vertical</text:span>, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">horizontal</text:span>)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">section-titles</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">enables
“title pages” for new sections (default is true)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">theme</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">colortheme</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fonttheme</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">innertheme</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">outertheme</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">beamer
themes</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">themeoptions</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">colorthemeoptions</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fontthemeoptions</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">innerthemeoptions</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">outerthemeoptions</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">options for
LaTeX beamer themes (lists)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">titlegraphic</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">image for
title slide: can be a list</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">titlegraphicoptions</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">options for
title slide image (e.g.,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">width</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">height</text:span>)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">shorttitle</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">shortsubtitle</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">shortauthor</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">shortinstitute</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">shortdate</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">some beamer
themes use short versions of the title, subtitle, author, institute,
date</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="variables-for-powerpoint" />Variables
for
PowerPoint<text:bookmark-end text:name="variables-for-powerpoint" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">These variables control the
visual aspects of a slide show that are not easily controlled via
templates.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">monofont</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">font to use
for code.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="variables-for-latex" />Variables
for LaTeX<text:bookmark-end text:name="variables-for-latex" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Pandoc uses these variables
when
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#creating-a-pdf" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">creating
a PDF</text:span></text:a> with a LaTeX engine.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_4" text:outline-level="4"><text:bookmark-start text:name="layout" />Layout<text:bookmark-end text:name="layout" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">block-headings</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">make
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\paragraph</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\subparagraph</text:span>
(fourth- and fifth-level headings, or fifth- and sixth-level with book
classes) free-standing rather than run-in; requires further formatting
to distinguish from
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\subsubsection</text:span>
(third- or fourth-level headings). Instead of using this option,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/koma-script" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">KOMA-Script</text:span></text:a>
can adjust headings more extensively:</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">documentclass: scrartcl</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">header-includes: |</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />\RedeclareSectionCommand[</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />beforeskip=-10pt plus -2pt minus -1pt,</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />afterskip=1sp plus -1sp minus 1sp,</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />font=\normalfont\itshape]{paragraph}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />\RedeclareSectionCommand[</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />beforeskip=-10pt plus -2pt minus -1pt,</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />afterskip=1sp plus -1sp minus 1sp,</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />font=\normalfont\scshape,</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />indent=0pt]{subparagraph}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">...</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">classoption</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">option for
document class,
e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">oneside</text:span>;
repeat for multiple options:</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">classoption:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- twocolumn</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- landscape</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">...</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">documentclass</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">document
class: usually one of the standard classes,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/article" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">article</text:span></text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/book" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">book</text:span></text:span></text:a>,
and
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/report" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">report</text:span></text:span></text:a>;
the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/koma-script" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">KOMA-Script</text:span></text:a>
equivalents,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">scrartcl</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">scrbook</text:span>, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">scrreprt</text:span>, which
default to smaller margins; or
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/memoir" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">memoir</text:span></text:span></text:a></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">geometry</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">option for
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/geometry" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">geometry</text:span></text:span></text:a>
package,
e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">margin=1in</text:span>;
repeat for multiple options:</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">geometry:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- top=30mm</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- left=20mm</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- heightrounded</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">...</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">shorthands</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">Enable
language-specific shorthands when loading
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">babel</text:span>. (By
default, pandoc includes
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">shorthands=off</text:span>
when loading
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">babel</text:span>, disabling
language-specific shorthands.)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">hyperrefoptions</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">option for
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/hyperref" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">hyperref</text:span></text:span></text:a>
package,
e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">linktoc=all</text:span>;
repeat for multiple options:</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">hyperrefoptions:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- linktoc=all</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- pdfwindowui</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- pdfpagemode=FullScreen</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">...</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">indent</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">if true,
pandoc will use document class settings for indentation (the default
LaTeX template otherwise removes indentation and adds space between
paragraphs)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">linestretch</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">adjusts line
spacing using the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/setspace" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">setspace</text:span></text:span></text:a>
package,
e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">1.25</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">1.5</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">margin-left</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">margin-right</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">margin-top</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">margin-bottom</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">sets margins
if <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">geometry</text:span> is
not used (otherwise
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">geometry</text:span>
overrides these)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pagestyle</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">control
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\pagestyle{}</text:span>:
the default article class supports
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">plain</text:span> (default),
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">empty</text:span> (no
running heads or page numbers), and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">headings</text:span>
(section titles in running heads)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">papersize</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">paper size,
e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">letter</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">a4</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">secnumdepth</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">numbering
depth for sections (with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--number-sections</text:span>
option or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">numbersections</text:span>
variable)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">beamerarticle</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">produce an
article from Beamer slides. Note: if you set this variable, you must
specify the beamer writer but use the default
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">LaTeX</text:span> template: for
example,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc -Vbeamerarticle -t beamer --template default.latex</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">handout</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">produce a
handout version of Beamer slides (with overlays condensed into single
slides)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">csquotes</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">load
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">csquotes</text:span> package
and use <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\enquote</text:span>
or <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\enquote*</text:span> for
quoted text.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">csquotesoptions</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">options to
use for <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">csquotes</text:span>
package (repeat for multiple options).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">babeloptions</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">options to
pass to the babel package (may be repeated for multiple options). This
defaults to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">provide=*</text:span> if the
main language isn’t a European language written with Latin or Cyrillic
script or Vietnamese. Most users will not need to adjust the default
setting.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_4" text:outline-level="4"><text:bookmark-start text:name="fonts" />Fonts<text:bookmark-end text:name="fonts" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fontenc</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">allows font
encoding to be specified through
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fontenc</text:span> package
(with <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pdflatex</text:span>);
default is <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">T1</text:span>
(see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/encguide" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">LaTeX
font encodings guide</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fontfamily</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">font package
for use with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pdflatex</text:span>:
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.tug.org/texlive/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">TeX
Live</text:span></text:a> includes many options, documented in the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://tug.org/FontCatalogue/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">LaTeX
Font Catalogue</text:span></text:a>. The default is
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/lm" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Latin
Modern</text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fontfamilyoptions</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">options for
package used as
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fontfamily</text:span>;
repeat for multiple options. For example, to use the Libertine font with
proportional lowercase (old-style) figures through the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/libertinus" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">libertinus</text:span></text:span></text:a>
package:</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">fontfamily: libertinus</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">fontfamilyoptions:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- osf</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- p</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">...</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fontsize</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">font size
for body text. The standard classes allow 10pt, 11pt, and 12pt. To use
another size, set
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">documentclass</text:span> to
one of the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/koma-script" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">KOMA-Script</text:span></text:a>
classes, such as
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">scrartcl</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">scrbook</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mainfont</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">sansfont</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">monofont</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mathfont</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">CJKmainfont</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">CJKsansfont</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">CJKmonofont</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">font
families for use with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">xelatex</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lualatex</text:span>: take
the name of any system font, using the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fontspec</text:span></text:span></text:a>
package.
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">CJKmainfont</text:span> uses
the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/xecjk" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">xecjk</text:span></text:span></text:a>
package if
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">xelatex</text:span> is used,
or the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/luatexja" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">luatexja</text:span></text:span></text:a>
package if
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lualatex</text:span> is
used.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mainfontoptions</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">sansfontoptions</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">monofontoptions</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mathfontoptions</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">CJKoptions</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">luatexjapresetoptions</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">options to
use with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mainfont</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">sansfont</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">monofont</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mathfont</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">CJKmainfont</text:span> in
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">xelatex</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lualatex</text:span>. Allow
for any choices available through
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/fontspec" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fontspec</text:span></text:span></text:a>;
repeat for multiple options. For example, to use the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="http://www.gust.org.pl/projects/e-foundry/tex-gyre" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">TeX
Gyre</text:span></text:a> version of Palatino with lowercase
figures:</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">mainfont: TeX Gyre Pagella</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">mainfontoptions:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- Numbers=Lowercase</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- Numbers=Proportional</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">...</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mainfontfallback</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">sansfontfallback</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">monofontfallback</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">fonts to try
if a glyph isn’t found in
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mainfont</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">sansfont</text:span>, or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">monofont</text:span>
respectively. These are lists. The font name must be followed by a colon
and optionally a set of options, for
example:</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">mainfontfallback:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />- &quot;FreeSans:&quot;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />- &quot;NotoColorEmoji:mode=harf&quot;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">...</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">Font
fallbacks currently only work with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lualatex</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">babelfonts</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">a map of
Babel language names
(e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">chinese</text:span>)
to the font to be used with the language:</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">babelfonts:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />chinese-hant: &quot;Noto Serif CJK TC&quot;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />russian: &quot;Noto Serif&quot;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">...</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">microtypeoptions</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">options to
pass to the microtype package</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_4" text:outline-level="4"><text:bookmark-start text:name="links" />Links<text:bookmark-end text:name="links" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">colorlinks</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">add color to
link text; automatically enabled if any of
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">linkcolor</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">filecolor</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">citecolor</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">urlcolor</text:span>, or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">toccolor</text:span> are
set</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">boxlinks</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">add visible
box around links (has no effect if
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">colorlinks</text:span> is
set)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">linkcolor</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">filecolor</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">citecolor</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">urlcolor</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">toccolor</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">color for
internal links, external links, citation links, linked URLs, and links
in table of contents, respectively: uses options allowed by
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/xcolor" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">xcolor</text:span></text:span></text:a>,
including the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">dvipsnames</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">svgnames</text:span>, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">x11names</text:span>
lists</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">links-as-notes</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">causes links
to be printed as footnotes</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">urlstyle</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">style for
URLs (e.g., <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">tt</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">rm</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">sf</text:span>, and, the
default,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">same</text:span>)</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_4" text:outline-level="4"><text:bookmark-start text:name="front-matter" />Front
matter<text:bookmark-end text:name="front-matter" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lof</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lot</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">include list
of figures, list of tables (can also be set using
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--lof/--list-of-figures</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--lot/--list-of-tables</text:span>)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">thanks</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">contents of
acknowledgments footnote after document title</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">toc</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">include
table of contents (can also be set using
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--toc/--table-of-contents</text:span>)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">toc-depth</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">level of
section to include in table of contents</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_4" text:outline-level="4"><text:bookmark-start text:name="biblatex-bibliographies" />BibLaTeX
Bibliographies<text:bookmark-end text:name="biblatex-bibliographies" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">These variables function
when using BibLaTeX for
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#citation-rendering" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">citation
rendering</text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">biblatexoptions</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">list of
options for biblatex</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">biblio-style</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">bibliography
style, when used with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--natbib</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--biblatex</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">biblio-title</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">bibliography
title, when used with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--natbib</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--biblatex</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bibliography</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">bibliography
to use for resolving references</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">natbiboptions</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">list of
options for natbib</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_4" text:outline-level="4"><text:bookmark-start text:name="other" />Other<text:bookmark-end text:name="other" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pdf-trailer-id</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">the PDF
trailer ID; must be two PDF byte strings if set, conventionally with 16
bytes each. E.g.,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;00112233445566778899aabbccddeeff&gt; &lt;00112233445566778899aabbccddeeff&gt;</text:span>.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">See
the section on
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#reproducible-builds" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">reproducible
builds</text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pdfstandard</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">PDF
standard(s) for the document,
e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ua-2</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">a-4f</text:span>. Supports
PDF/A, PDF/X, and PDF/UA variants. Requires LuaLaTeX and LaTeX 2023+.
Repeat for multiple standards:</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pdfstandard:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- ua-2</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- a-4f</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">...</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="variables-for-context" />Variables
for
ConTeXt<text:bookmark-end text:name="variables-for-context" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Pandoc uses these variables
when
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#creating-a-pdf" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">creating
a PDF</text:span></text:a> with ConTeXt.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fontsize</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">font size
for body text
(e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">10pt</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">12pt</text:span>)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">headertext</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">footertext</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">text to be
placed in running header or footer (see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://wiki.contextgarden.net/Document_layout_and_layers/Headers_and_footers" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">ConTeXt
Headers and Footers</text:span></text:a>); repeat up to four times for
different placement</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">indenting</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">controls
indentation of paragraphs,
e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">yes,small,next</text:span>
(see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://wiki.contextgarden.net/Text_blocks/Typography/Indentation" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">ConTeXt
Indentation</text:span></text:a>); repeat for multiple options</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">interlinespace</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">adjusts line
spacing,
e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">4ex</text:span> (using
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://wiki.contextgarden.net/Command/setupinterlinespace" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">setupinterlinespace</text:span></text:span></text:a>);
repeat for multiple options</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">layout</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">options for
page margins and text arrangement (see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://wiki.contextgarden.net/Document_layout_and_layers/Tutorials" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">ConTeXt
Layout</text:span></text:a>); repeat for multiple options</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">linkcolor</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">contrastcolor</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">color for
links outside and inside a page,
e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">red</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">blue</text:span> (see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://wiki.contextgarden.net/Color" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">ConTeXt
Color</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">linkstyle</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">typeface
style for links,
e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">normal</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bold</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">slanted</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">boldslanted</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">type</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">cap</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">small</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lof</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lot</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">include list
of figures, list of tables</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mainfont</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">sansfont</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">monofont</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mathfont</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">font
families: take the name of any system font (see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://wiki.contextgarden.net/Characters_words_and_fonts/Tutorials" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">ConTeXt
Font Switching</text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mainfontfallback</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">sansfontfallback</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">monofontfallback</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">list of
fonts to try, in order, if a glyph is not found in the main font. Use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\definefallbackfamily</text:span>-compatible
font name syntax. Emoji fonts are unsupported.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">margin-left</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">margin-right</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">margin-top</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">margin-bottom</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">sets
margins, if
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">layout</text:span> is not
used (otherwise
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">layout</text:span> overrides
these)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pagenumbering</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">page number
style and location (using
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://wiki.contextgarden.net/Command/setuppagenumbering" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">setuppagenumbering</text:span></text:span></text:a>);
repeat for multiple options</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">papersize</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">paper size,
e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">letter</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">A4</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">landscape</text:span> (see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://wiki.contextgarden.net/Document_layout_and_layers/Paper_setup" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">ConTeXt
Paper Setup</text:span></text:a>); repeat for multiple options</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pdfa</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">adds to the
preamble the setup necessary to generate PDF/A of the type specified,
e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">1a:2005</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">2a</text:span>. If no type
is specified (i.e. the value is set to True, by e.g.
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--metadata=pdfa</text:span>
or <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pdfa: true</text:span> in
a YAML metadata block),
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">1b:2005</text:span> will be
used as default, for reasons of backwards compatibility. Using
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--variable=pdfa</text:span>
without specified value is not supported. To successfully generate PDF/A
the required ICC color profiles have to be available and the content and
all included files (such as images) have to be standard-conforming. The
ICC profiles and output intent may be specified using the variables
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pdfaiccprofile</text:span>
and <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pdfaintent</text:span>.
See also
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://wiki.contextgarden.net/Input_and_compilation/PDF/PDFA" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">ConTeXt
PDFA</text:span></text:a> for more details.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pdfaiccprofile</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">when used in
conjunction with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pdfa</text:span>, specifies
the ICC profile to use in the PDF,
e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">default.cmyk</text:span>.
If left unspecified,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">sRGB.icc</text:span> is used
as default. May be repeated to include multiple profiles. Note that the
profiles have to be available on the system. They can be obtained from
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://wiki.contextgarden.net/Input_and_compilation/PDF/PDFX#ICC_profiles" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">ConTeXt
ICC Profiles</text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pdfaintent</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">when used in
conjunction with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pdfa</text:span>, specifies
the output intent for the colors,
e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ISO coated v2 300\letterpercent\space (ECI)</text:span>
If left unspecified,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">sRGB IEC61966-2.1</text:span>
is used as default.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">toc</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">include
table of contents (can also be set using
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--toc/--table-of-contents</text:span>)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">urlstyle</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">typeface
style for links without link text,
e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">normal</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bold</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">slanted</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">boldslanted</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">type</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">cap</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">small</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">whitespace</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">spacing
between paragraphs,
e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">none</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">small</text:span> (using
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://wiki.contextgarden.net/Command/setupwhitespace" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">setupwhitespace</text:span></text:span></text:a>)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">includesource</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">include all
source documents as file attachments in the PDF file</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="variables-for-wkhtmltopdf" />Variables
for
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">wkhtmltopdf</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="variables-for-wkhtmltopdf" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Pandoc uses these variables
when
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#creating-a-pdf" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">creating
a PDF</text:span></text:a> with
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://wkhtmltopdf.org" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">wkhtmltopdf</text:span></text:span></text:a>.
The <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--css</text:span> option
also affects the output.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">footer-html</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">header-html</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">add
information to the header and footer</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">margin-left</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">margin-right</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">margin-top</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">margin-bottom</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">set the page
margins</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">papersize</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">sets the PDF
paper size</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="variables-for-man-pages" />Variables
for man
pages<text:bookmark-end text:name="variables-for-man-pages" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">adjusting</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">adjusts text
to left (<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">l</text:span>),
right (<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">r</text:span>),
center (<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">c</text:span>), or
both (<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">b</text:span>)
margins</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">footer</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">footer in
man pages</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">header</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">header in
man pages</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">section</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">section
number in man pages</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="variables-for-texinfo" />Variables
for
Texinfo<text:bookmark-end text:name="variables-for-texinfo" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">version</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">version of
software (used in title and title page)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">filename</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">name of info
file to be generated (defaults to a name based on the texi
filename)</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="variables-for-typst" />Variables
for Typst<text:bookmark-end text:name="variables-for-typst" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">template</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">Typst
template to use (relative path only).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">margin</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">A dictionary
with the fields defined in the Typst documentation:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">x</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">y</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">top</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bottom</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">left</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">right</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">papersize</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">Paper size:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">a4</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">us-letter</text:span>,
etc.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mainfont</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">Name of
system font to use for the main font.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fontsize</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">Font size
(e.g.,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">12pt</text:span>).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">section-numbering</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">Schema to
use for numbering sections,
e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">1.A.1</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">page-numbering</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">Schema to
use for numbering pages,
e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">1</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">i</text:span>, or an empty
string to omit page numbering.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">columns</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">Number of
columns for body text.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">thanks</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">contents of
acknowledgments footnote after document title</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mathfont</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">codefont</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">Name of
system font to use for math and code, respectively.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">linestretch</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">adjusts line
spacing,
e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">1.25</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">1.5</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">linkcolor</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">filecolor</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">citecolor</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">color for
external links, internal links, and citation links, respectively:
expects a hexadecimal color code</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="variables-for-ms" />Variables
for ms<text:bookmark-end text:name="variables-for-ms" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fontfamily</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">A</text:span>
(Avant Garde), <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">B</text:span>
(Bookman), <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">C</text:span>
(Helvetica), <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">HN</text:span>
(Helvetica Narrow),
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">P</text:span> (Palatino), or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">T</text:span> (Times New
Roman). This setting does not affect source code, which is always
displayed using monospace Courier. These built-in fonts are limited in
their coverage of characters. Additional fonts may be installed using
the script
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.schaffter.ca/mom/bin/install-font.sh" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">install-font.sh</text:span></text:span></text:a>
provided by Peter Schaffter and documented in detail on
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.schaffter.ca/mom/momdoc/appendices.html#steps" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">his
web site</text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">indent</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">paragraph
indent
(e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">2m</text:span>)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lineheight</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">line height
(e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">12p</text:span>)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pointsize</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">point size
(e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">10p</text:span>)</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="variables-for-rtf" />Variables
for RTF<text:bookmark-end text:name="variables-for-rtf" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fontsize</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">font size
for body text,
e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">12pt</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">12.5pt</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="variables-set-automatically" />Variables
set
automatically<text:bookmark-end text:name="variables-set-automatically" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Pandoc sets these variables
automatically in response to
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#options" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">options</text:span></text:a>
or document contents; users can also modify them. These vary depending
on the output format, and include the following:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">body</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">body of
document</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">date-meta</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">date</text:span> variable
converted to ISO 8601 YYYY-MM-DD, included in all HTML based formats
(dzslides, epub, html, html4, html5, revealjs, s5, slideous, slidy). The
recognized formats for
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">date</text:span> are:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mm/dd/yyyy</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mm/dd/yy</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">yyyy-mm-dd</text:span> (ISO
8601),
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">dd MM yyyy</text:span>
(e.g. either
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">02 Apr 2018</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">02 April 2018</text:span>),
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">MM dd, yyyy</text:span>
(e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Apr. 02, 2018</text:span>
or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">April 02, 2018),</text:span>yyyy[mm[dd]]<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">(e.g.</text:span>20180402,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">201804</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">2018</text:span>).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">header-includes</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">contents
specified by
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-H/--include-in-header</text:span>
(may have multiple values)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">include-before</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">contents
specified by
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-B/--include-before-body</text:span>
(may have multiple values)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">include-after</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">contents
specified by
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-A/--include-after-body</text:span>
(may have multiple values)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">meta-json</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">JSON
representation of all of the document’s metadata. Field values are
transformed to the selected output format.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">numbersections</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">non-null
value if
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-N/--number-sections</text:span>
was specified</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">sourcefile</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">outputfile</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">source and
destination filenames, as given on the command line.
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">sourcefile</text:span> can
also be a list if input comes from multiple files, or empty if input is
from stdin. You can use the following snippet in your template to
distinguish
them:</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$if(sourcefile)$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$for(sourcefile)$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$sourcefile$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$endfor$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$else$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">(stdin)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$endif$</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">Similarly,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">outputfile</text:span> can
be <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-</text:span> if output
goes to the
terminal.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">If
you need absolute paths, use
e.g. <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$curdir$/$sourcefile$</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pdf-engine</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">name of PDF
engine if provided using
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--pdf-engine</text:span>, or
the default engine for the format if PDF output is requested.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">curdir</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">working
directory from which pandoc is run.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc-version</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">pandoc
version.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">toc</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">non-null
value if
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--toc/--table-of-contents</text:span>
was specified</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">toc-title</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">title of
table of contents (works only with EPUB, HTML, revealjs, opendocument,
odt, docx, pptx, beamer, LaTeX). Note that in docx and pptx a custom
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">toc-title</text:span> will
be picked up from metadata, but cannot be set as a variable.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_1" text:outline-level="1"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extensions" />Extensions<text:bookmark-end text:name="extensions" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The behavior of some of the
readers and writers can be adjusted by enabling or disabling various
extensions.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">An extension can be enabled by
adding
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">+EXTENSION</text:span> to
the format name and disabled by adding
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-EXTENSION</text:span>. For
example,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--from markdown_strict+footnotes</text:span>
is strict Markdown with footnotes enabled, while
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--from markdown-footnotes-pipe_tables</text:span>
is pandoc’s Markdown without footnotes or pipe tables.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">The Markdown reader and writer
make by far the most use of extensions. Extensions only used by them are
therefore covered in the section
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#pandocs-markdown" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Pandoc’s
Markdown</text:span></text:a> below (see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#markdown-variants" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Markdown
variants</text:span></text:a> for
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">commonmark</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">gfm</text:span>). In the
following, extensions that also work for other formats are
covered.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Note that Markdown extensions
added to the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ipynb</text:span> format
affect Markdown cells in Jupyter notebooks (as do command-line options
like
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--markdown-headings</text:span>).</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="typography" />Typography<text:bookmark-end text:name="typography" /></text:h>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-smart" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">smart</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-smart" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Interpret straight quotes
as curly quotes,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">---</text:span> as
em-dashes, <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--</text:span> as
en-dashes, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">...</text:span> as ellipses.
Nonbreaking spaces are inserted after certain abbreviations, such as
“Mr.”</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">This extension can be
enabled/disabled for the following formats:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">input
formats</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">commonmark</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">latex</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mediawiki</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">org</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">rst</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">twiki</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">output
formats</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">latex</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">context</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">org</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">rst</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">enabled by default
in</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">latex</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">context</text:span> (both
input and output)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Note: If you are
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">writing</text:span> Markdown, then
the <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">smart</text:span>
extension has the reverse effect: what would have been curly quotes
comes out straight.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">In LaTeX,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">smart</text:span> means to
use the standard TeX ligatures for quotation marks
(<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">``</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">''</text:span> for double
quotes, <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">`</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">'</text:span> for single
quotes) and dashes
(<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--</text:span> for en-dash
and <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">---</text:span> for
em-dash). If
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">smart</text:span> is
disabled, then in reading LaTeX pandoc will parse these characters
literally. In writing LaTeX, enabling
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">smart</text:span> tells
pandoc to use the ligatures when possible; if
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">smart</text:span> is
disabled pandoc will use unicode quotation mark and dash
characters.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="headings-and-sections" />Headings
and
sections<text:bookmark-end text:name="headings-and-sections" /></text:h>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-auto_identifiers" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">auto_identifiers</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-auto_identifiers" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">A heading without an
explicitly specified identifier will be automatically assigned a unique
identifier based on the heading text.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">This extension can be
enabled/disabled for the following formats:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">input
formats</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">latex</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">rst</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mediawiki</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">textile</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">man</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">typst</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">output
formats</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">muse</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">enabled by default
in</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">muse</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">man</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The default algorithm used
to derive the identifier from the heading text is:</text:p>
<text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Remove all
    formatting, links, etc.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Remove all
    footnotes.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Remove all
    non-alphanumeric characters, except underscores, hyphens, and
    periods.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Replace all spaces
    and newlines with hyphens.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Convert all
    alphabetic characters to lowercase.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Remove everything
    up to the first letter (identifiers may not begin with a number or
    punctuation mark).</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">If nothing is left
    after this, use the identifier
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">section</text:span>.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Thus, for example,</text:p>
<table:table table:name="Table10" table:style-name="Table10">
  <table:table-column table:style-name="Table10.A" />
  <table:table-column table:style-name="Table10.B" />
  <table:table-header-rows>
    <table:table-row>
      <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableHeaderRowCell" office:value-type="string">
        <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Heading">Heading</text:p>
      </table:table-cell>
      <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableHeaderRowCell" office:value-type="string">
        <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Heading">Identifier</text:p>
      </table:table-cell>
    </table:table-row>
  </table:table-header-rows>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Heading identifiers in HTML</text:span></text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">heading-identifiers-in-html</text:span></text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Maître d'hôtel</text:span></text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">maître-dhôtel</text:span></text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">*Dogs*?--in *my* house?</text:span></text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">dogs--in-my-house</text:span></text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">[HTML], [S5], or [RTF]?</text:span></text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html-s5-or-rtf</text:span></text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">3. Applications</text:span></text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">applications</text:span></text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">33</text:span></text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">section</text:span></text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
</table:table>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">These rules should, in most
cases, allow one to determine the identifier from the heading text. The
exception is when several headings have the same text; in this case, the
first will get an identifier as described above; the second will get the
same identifier with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-1</text:span> appended; the
third with <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-2</text:span>;
and so on.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">(However, a different algorithm
is used if
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">gfm_auto_identifiers</text:span>
is enabled; see below.)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">These identifiers are used to
provide link targets in the table of contents generated by the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--toc|--table-of-contents</text:span>
option. They also make it easy to provide links from one section of a
document to another. A link to this section, for example, might look
like this:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">See the section on</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[heading identifiers](#heading-identifiers-in-html-latex-and-context).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Note, however, that this
method of providing links to sections works only in HTML, LaTeX, and
ConTeXt formats.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">If the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--section-divs</text:span>
option is specified, then each section will be wrapped in a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">section</text:span> (or a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">div</text:span>, if
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html4</text:span> was
specified), and the identifier will be attached to the enclosing
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;section&gt;</text:span>
(or <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;div&gt;</text:span>)
tag rather than the heading itself. This allows entire sections to be
manipulated using JavaScript or treated differently in CSS.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-ascii_identifiers" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ascii_identifiers</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-ascii_identifiers" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Causes the identifiers
produced by
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">auto_identifiers</text:span>
to be pure ASCII. Accents are stripped off of accented Latin letters,
and non-Latin letters are omitted.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-gfm_auto_identifiers" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">gfm_auto_identifiers</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-gfm_auto_identifiers" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Changes the algorithm used
by
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">auto_identifiers</text:span>
to conform to GitHub’s method. Spaces are converted to dashes
(<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-</text:span>), uppercase
characters to lowercase characters, and punctuation characters other
than <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">_</text:span> are removed.
Emojis are replaced by their names.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="math-input" />Math
Input<text:bookmark-end text:name="math-input" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The extensions
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-tex_math_dollars" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">tex_math_dollars</text:span></text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-tex_math_gfm" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">tex_math_gfm</text:span></text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-tex_math_single_backslash" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">tex_math_single_backslash</text:span></text:span></text:a>,
and
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-tex_math_double_backslash" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">tex_math_double_backslash</text:span></text:span></text:a>
are described in the section about Pandoc’s Markdown.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">However, they can also be used
with HTML input. This is handy for reading web pages formatted using
MathJax, for example.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="raw-htmltex" />Raw
HTML/TeX<text:bookmark-end text:name="raw-htmltex" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The following extensions
are described in more detail in their respective sections of
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#pandocs-markdown" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Pandoc’s
Markdown</text:span></text:a>:</text:p>
<text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet"><text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-raw_html" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">raw_html</text:span></text:span></text:a>
    allows HTML elements which are not representable in pandoc’s AST to
    be parsed as raw HTML. By default, this is disabled for HTML
    input.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet"><text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-raw_tex" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">raw_tex</text:span></text:span></text:a>
    allows raw LaTeX, TeX, and ConTeXt to be included in a document.
    This extension can be enabled/disabled for the following formats (in
    addition to
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown</text:span>):</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">input
    formats</text:p>
    <text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">latex</text:span>,
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">textile</text:span>,
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html</text:span>
    (environments,
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\ref</text:span>, and
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\eqref</text:span>
    only),
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ipynb</text:span></text:p>
    <text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">output
    formats</text:p>
    <text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">textile</text:span>,
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">commonmark</text:span></text:p><text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">Note:
    as applied to
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ipynb</text:span>,
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">raw_html</text:span> and
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">raw_tex</text:span>
    affect not only raw TeX in Markdown cells, but data with mime type
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">text/html</text:span> in
    output cells. Since the
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ipynb</text:span> reader
    attempts to preserve the richest possible outputs when several
    options are given, you will get best results if you disable
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">raw_html</text:span> and
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">raw_tex</text:span> when
    converting to formats like
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docx</text:span> which
    don’t allow raw
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html</text:span> or
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">tex</text:span>.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet"><text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-native_divs" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">native_divs</text:span></text:span></text:a>
    causes HTML
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">div</text:span> elements
    to be parsed as native pandoc Div blocks. If you want them to be
    parsed as raw HTML, use
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-f html-native_divs+raw_html</text:span>.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet"><text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-native_spans" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">native_spans</text:span></text:span></text:a>
    causes HTML
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">span</text:span>
    elements to be parsed as native pandoc Span inlines. If you want
    them to be parsed as raw HTML, use
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-f html-native_spans+raw_html</text:span>.
    If you want to drop all
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">div</text:span>s and
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">span</text:span>s when
    converting HTML to Markdown, you can use
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc -f html-native_divs-native_spans -t markdown</text:span>.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="literate-haskell-support" />Literate
Haskell
support<text:bookmark-end text:name="literate-haskell-support" /></text:h>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-literate_haskell" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">literate_haskell</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-literate_haskell" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Treat the document as
literate Haskell source.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">This extension can be
enabled/disabled for the following formats:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">input
formats</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">rst</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">latex</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">output
formats</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">rst</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">latex</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If you append
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">+lhs</text:span> (or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">+literate_haskell</text:span>)
to one of the formats above, pandoc will treat the document as literate
Haskell source. This means that</text:p>
<text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">In Markdown input, “bird
    track” sections will be parsed as Haskell code rather than block
    quotations. Text between
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\begin{code}</text:span>
    and
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\end{code}</text:span>
    will also be treated as Haskell code. For ATX-style headings the
    character ‘=’ will be used instead of ‘#’.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">In Markdown output, code
    blocks with classes
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">haskell</text:span> and
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">literate</text:span>
    will be rendered using bird tracks, and block quotations will be
    indented one space, so they will not be treated as Haskell code. In
    addition, headings will be rendered setext-style (with underlines)
    rather than ATX-style (with ‘#’ characters). (This is because ghc
    treats ‘#’ characters in column 1 as introducing line
    numbers.)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">In restructured text input,
    “bird track” sections will be parsed as Haskell code.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">In restructured text
    output, code blocks with class
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">haskell</text:span> will
    be rendered using bird tracks.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">In LaTeX input, text in
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">code</text:span>
    environments will be parsed as Haskell code.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">In LaTeX output, code
    blocks with class
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">haskell</text:span> will
    be rendered inside
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">code</text:span>
    environments.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">In HTML output, code blocks
    with class
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">haskell</text:span> will
    be rendered with class
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">literatehaskell</text:span>
    and bird tracks.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Examples:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc -f markdown+lhs -t html</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">reads literate Haskell
source formatted with Markdown conventions and writes ordinary HTML
(without bird tracks).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc -f markdown+lhs -t html+lhs</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">writes HTML with the
Haskell code in bird tracks, so it can be copied and pasted as literate
Haskell source.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Note that GHC expects the bird
tracks in the first column, so indented literate code blocks
(e.g. inside an itemized environment) will not be picked up by the
Haskell compiler.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="other-extensions" />Other
extensions<text:bookmark-end text:name="other-extensions" /></text:h>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-empty_paragraphs" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">empty_paragraphs</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-empty_paragraphs" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Allows empty paragraphs. By
default empty paragraphs are omitted.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">This extension can be
enabled/disabled for the following formats:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">input
formats</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docx</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">output
formats</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docx</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">odt</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">opendocument</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">latex</text:span></text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-native_numbering" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">native_numbering</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-native_numbering" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Enables numbering of
figures and tables via counter fields specific to the target format.
This extension can be enabled/disabled for the following
formats:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">output
formats</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">odt</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">opendocument</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docx</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If this extension is not
enabled, tables and figures in these formats will not be
numbered.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-xrefs_name" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">xrefs_name</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-xrefs_name" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Links to headings, figures
and tables inside the document are substituted with cross-references
that will use the name or caption of the referenced item. The original
link text is replaced once the generated document is refreshed. This
extension can be combined with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">xrefs_number</text:span> in
which case numbers will appear before the name.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Text in cross-references is only
made consistent with the referenced item once the document has been
refreshed.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">This extension can be
enabled/disabled for the following formats:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">output
formats</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">odt</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">opendocument</text:span></text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-xrefs_number" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">xrefs_number</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-xrefs_number" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Links to headings, figures
and tables inside the document are substituted with cross-references
that will use the number of the referenced item. The original link text
is discarded. This extension can be combined with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">xrefs_name</text:span> in
which case the name or caption numbers will appear after the
number.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">For the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">xrefs_number</text:span> to
be useful heading numbers must be enabled in the generated document,
also table and figure captions must be enabled using for example the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">native_numbering</text:span>
extension.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Numbers in cross-references are
only visible in the final document once it has been refreshed.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">This extension can be
enabled/disabled for the following formats:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">output
formats</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">odt</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">opendocument</text:span></text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="ext-styles" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">styles</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="ext-styles" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">When converting from docx,
add
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">custom-styles</text:span>
attributes for all docx styles, regardless of whether pandoc understands
the meanings of these styles. Because attributes cannot be added
directly to paragraphs or text in the pandoc AST, paragraph styles will
cause Divs to be created and character styles will cause Spans to be
created to hold the attributes. (Table styles will be added to the Table
elements directly.) This extension can be used with
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#custom-styles" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">docx
custom styles</text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">input
formats</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docx</text:span></text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-amuse" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">amuse</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-amuse" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">In the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">muse</text:span> input
format, this enables Text::Amuse extensions to Emacs Muse
markup.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-raw_markdown" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">raw_markdown</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-raw_markdown" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">In the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ipynb</text:span> input
format, this causes Markdown cells to be included as raw Markdown blocks
(allowing lossless round-tripping) rather than being parsed. Use this
only when you are targeting
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ipynb</text:span> or a
Markdown-based output format.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="typst-citations" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">citations</text:span>
(typst)<text:bookmark-end text:name="typst-citations" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">When the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">citations</text:span>
extension is enabled in
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">typst</text:span> (as it is
by default),
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">typst</text:span> citations
will be parsed as native pandoc citations, and native pandoc citations
will be rendered as
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">typst</text:span>
citations.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="org-citations" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">citations</text:span>
(org)<text:bookmark-end text:name="org-citations" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">When the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">citations</text:span>
extension is enabled in
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">org</text:span>, org-cite
and org-ref style citations will be parsed as native pandoc citations,
and org-cite citations will be used to render native pandoc
citations.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="docx-citations" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">citations</text:span>
(docx)<text:bookmark-end text:name="docx-citations" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">When
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">citations</text:span> is
enabled in <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docx</text:span>,
citations inserted by Zotero or Mendeley or EndNote plugins will be
parsed as native pandoc citations. (Otherwise, the formatted citations
generated by the bibliographic software will be parsed as regular
text.)</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="org-fancy-lists" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fancy_lists</text:span>
(org)<text:bookmark-end text:name="org-fancy-lists" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Some aspects of
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-fancy_lists" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Pandoc’s
Markdown fancy lists</text:span></text:a> are also accepted in
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">org</text:span> input,
mimicking the option
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">org-list-allow-alphabetical</text:span>
in Emacs. As in Org Mode, enabling this extension allows lowercase and
uppercase alphabetical markers for ordered lists to be parsed in
addition to arabic ones. Note that for Org, this does not include roman
numerals or the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">#</text:span> placeholder
that are enabled by the extension in Pandoc’s Markdown.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-element_citations" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">element_citations</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-element_citations" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">In the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">jats</text:span> output
formats, this causes reference items to be replaced with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;element-citation&gt;</text:span>
elements. These elements are not influenced by CSL styles, but all
information on the item is included in tags.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-ntb" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ntb</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-ntb" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">In the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">context</text:span> output
format this enables the use of
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://wiki.contextgarden.net/TABLE" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Natural
Tables (TABLE)</text:span></text:a> instead of the default
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://wiki.contextgarden.net/xtables" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Extreme
Tables (xtables)</text:span></text:a>. Natural tables allow more
fine-grained global customization but come at a performance penalty
compared to extreme tables.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-smart_quotes-org" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">smart_quotes</text:span>
(org)<text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-smart_quotes-org" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Interpret straight quotes
as curly quotes during parsing. When
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">writing</text:span> Org, then the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">smart_quotes</text:span>
extension has the reverse effect: what would have been curly quotes
comes out straight.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">This extension is implied if
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">smart</text:span> is
enabled.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-special_strings-org" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">special_strings</text:span>
(org)<text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-special_strings-org" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Interpret
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">---</text:span> as
em-dashes, <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--</text:span> as
en-dashes, <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\-</text:span> as
shy hyphen, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">...</text:span> as
ellipses.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">This extension is implied if
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">smart</text:span> is
enabled.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension--tagging" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">tagging</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension--tagging" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Enabling this extension
with <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">context</text:span>
output will produce markup suitable for the production of tagged PDFs.
This includes additional markers for paragraphs and alternative markup
for emphasized text. The
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">emphasis-command</text:span>
template variable is set if the extension is enabled.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_1" text:outline-level="1"><text:bookmark-start text:name="pandocs-markdown" />Pandoc’s
Markdown<text:bookmark-end text:name="pandocs-markdown" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Pandoc understands an
extended and slightly revised version of John Gruber’s
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Markdown</text:span></text:a>
syntax. This document explains the syntax, noting differences from
original Markdown. Except where noted, these differences can be
suppressed by using the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown_strict</text:span>
format instead of
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown</text:span>.
Extensions can be enabled or disabled to specify the behavior more
granularly. They are described in the following. See also
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extensions" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Extensions</text:span></text:a>
above, for extensions that work also on other formats.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="philosophy" />Philosophy<text:bookmark-end text:name="philosophy" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Markdown is designed to be
easy to write, and, even more importantly, easy to read:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Quotations">A Markdown-formatted document
should be publishable as-is, as plain text, without looking like it’s
been marked up with tags or formatting instructions.<text:line-break />–
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/syntax#philosophy" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">John
Gruber</text:span></text:a></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">This principle has guided
pandoc’s decisions in finding syntax for tables, footnotes, and other
extensions.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">There is, however, one respect in
which pandoc’s aims are different from the original aims of Markdown.
Whereas Markdown was originally designed with HTML generation in mind,
pandoc is designed for multiple output formats. Thus, while pandoc
allows the embedding of raw HTML, it discourages it, and provides other,
non-HTMLish ways of representing important document elements like
definition lists, tables, mathematics, and footnotes.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="paragraphs" />Paragraphs<text:bookmark-end text:name="paragraphs" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">A paragraph is one or more
lines of text followed by one or more blank lines. Newlines are treated
as spaces, so you can reflow your paragraphs as you like. If you need a
hard line break, put two or more spaces at the end of a line.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-escaped_line_breaks" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">escaped_line_breaks</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-escaped_line_breaks" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">A backslash followed by a
newline is also a hard line break. Note: in multiline and grid table
cells, this is the only way to create a hard line break, since trailing
spaces in the cells are ignored.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="headings" />Headings<text:bookmark-end text:name="headings" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">There are two kinds of
headings: Setext and ATX.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="setext-style-headings" />Setext-style
headings<text:bookmark-end text:name="setext-style-headings" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">A setext-style heading is a
line of text “underlined” with a row of
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">=</text:span> signs (for a
level-one heading) or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-</text:span> signs (for a
level-two heading):</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">A level-one heading</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">===================</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">A level-two heading</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">-------------------</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The heading text can
contain inline formatting, such as emphasis (see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#inline-formatting" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Inline
formatting</text:span></text:a>, below).</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="atx-style-headings" />ATX-style
headings<text:bookmark-end text:name="atx-style-headings" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">An ATX-style heading
consists of one to six
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">#</text:span> signs and a
line of text, optionally followed by any number of
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">#</text:span> signs. The
number of <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">#</text:span>
signs at the beginning of the line is the heading level:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">## A level-two heading</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">### A level-three heading ###</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">As with setext-style
headings, the heading text can contain formatting:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"># A level-one heading with a [link](/url) and *emphasis*</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-blank_before_header" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">blank_before_header</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-blank_before_header" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Original Markdown syntax
does not require a blank line before a heading. Pandoc does require this
(except, of course, at the beginning of the document). The reason for
the requirement is that it is all too easy for a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">#</text:span> to end up at
the beginning of a line by accident (perhaps through line wrapping).
Consider, for example:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">I like several of their flavors of ice cream:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">#22, for example, and #5.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-space_in_atx_header" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">space_in_atx_header</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-space_in_atx_header" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Many Markdown
implementations do not require a space between the opening
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">#</text:span>s of an ATX
heading and the heading text, so that
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">#5 bolt</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">#hashtag</text:span> count
as headings. With this extension, pandoc does require the
space.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="heading-identifiers" />Heading
identifiers<text:bookmark-end text:name="heading-identifiers" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">See also the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-auto_identifiers" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">auto_identifiers</text:span>
extension</text:span></text:a> above.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-header_attributes" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">header_attributes</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-header_attributes" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Headings can be assigned
attributes using this syntax at the end of the line containing the
heading text:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">{#identifier .class .class key=value key=value}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Thus, for example, the
following headings will all be assigned the identifier
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">foo</text:span>:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"># My heading {#foo}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">## My heading ## <text:s text:c="3" />{#foo}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">My other heading <text:s text:c="2" />{#foo}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---------------</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">(This syntax is compatible
with
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://michelf.ca/projects/php-markdown/extra/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">PHP
Markdown Extra</text:span></text:a>.)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Note that although this syntax
allows assignment of classes and key/value attributes, writers generally
don’t use all of this information. Identifiers, classes, and key/value
attributes are used in HTML and HTML-based formats such as EPUB and
slidy. Identifiers are used for labels and link anchors in the LaTeX,
ConTeXt, Textile, Jira markup, and AsciiDoc writers.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Headings with the class
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">unnumbered</text:span> will
not be numbered, even if
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--number-sections</text:span>
is specified. A single hyphen
(<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-</text:span>) in an
attribute context is equivalent to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">.unnumbered</text:span>, and
preferable in non-English documents. So,</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"># My heading {-}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">is just the same
as</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"># My heading {.unnumbered}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">unlisted</text:span> class
is present in addition to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">unnumbered</text:span>, the
heading will not be included in a table of contents. (Currently this
feature is only implemented for certain formats: those based on LaTeX
and HTML, PowerPoint, and RTF.)</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-implicit_header_references" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">implicit_header_references</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-implicit_header_references" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Pandoc behaves as if
reference links have been defined for each heading. So, to link to a
heading</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"># Heading identifiers in HTML</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">you can simply
write</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[Heading identifiers in HTML]</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">or</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[Heading identifiers in HTML][]</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">or</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[the section on heading identifiers][heading identifiers in</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">HTML]</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">instead of giving the
identifier explicitly:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[Heading identifiers in HTML](#heading-identifiers-in-html)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If there are multiple
headings with identical text, the corresponding reference will link to
the first one only, and you will need to use explicit links to link to
the others, as described above.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Like regular reference links,
these references are case-insensitive.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Explicit link reference
definitions always take priority over implicit heading references. So,
in the following example, the link will point to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bar</text:span>, not to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">#foo</text:span>:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"># Foo</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[foo]: bar</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">See [foo]</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="block-quotations" />Block
quotations<text:bookmark-end text:name="block-quotations" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Markdown uses email
conventions for quoting blocks of text. A block quotation is one or more
paragraphs or other block elements (such as lists or headings), with
each line preceded by a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&gt;</text:span> character
and an optional space. (The
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&gt;</text:span> need not
start at the left margin, but it should not be indented more than three
spaces.)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&gt; This is a block quote. This</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&gt; paragraph has two lines.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&gt; 1. This is a list inside a block quote.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&gt; 2. Second item.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">A “lazy” form, which
requires the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&gt;</text:span> character
only on the first line of each block, is also allowed:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&gt; This is a block quote. This</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">paragraph has two lines.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&gt; 1. This is a list inside a block quote.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">2. Second item.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Among the block elements
that can be contained in a block quote are other block quotes. That is,
block quotes can be nested:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&gt; This is a block quote.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&gt; &gt; A block quote within a block quote.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&gt;</text:span> character
is followed by an optional space, that space will be considered part of
the block quote marker and not part of the indentation of the contents.
Thus, to put an indented code block in a block quote, you need five
spaces after the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&gt;</text:span>:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&gt; <text:s text:c="4" />code</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-blank_before_blockquote" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">blank_before_blockquote</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-blank_before_blockquote" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Original Markdown syntax
does not require a blank line before a block quote. Pandoc does require
this (except, of course, at the beginning of the document). The reason
for the requirement is that it is all too easy for a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&gt;</text:span> to end up
at the beginning of a line by accident (perhaps through line wrapping).
So, unless the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown_strict</text:span>
format is used, the following does not produce a nested block quote in
pandoc:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&gt; This is a block quote.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&gt;&gt; Not nested, since `blank_before_blockquote` is enabled by default</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="verbatim-code-blocks" />Verbatim
(code)
blocks<text:bookmark-end text:name="verbatim-code-blocks" /></text:h>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="indented-code-blocks" />Indented
code
blocks<text:bookmark-end text:name="indented-code-blocks" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">A block of text indented
four spaces (or one tab) is treated as verbatim text: that is, special
characters do not trigger special formatting, and all spaces and line
breaks are preserved. For example,</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />if (a &gt; 3) {</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="6" />moveShip(5 * gravity, DOWN);</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The initial (four space or
one tab) indentation is not considered part of the verbatim text, and is
removed in the output.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Note: blank lines in the verbatim
text need not begin with four spaces.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="fenced-code-blocks" />Fenced
code blocks<text:bookmark-end text:name="fenced-code-blocks" /></text:h>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-fenced_code_blocks" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fenced_code_blocks</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-fenced_code_blocks" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">In addition to standard
indented code blocks, pandoc supports
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">fenced</text:span> code blocks.
These begin with a row of three or more tildes
(<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">~</text:span>) and end with
a row of tildes that must be at least as long as the starting row.
Everything between these lines is treated as code. No indentation is
necessary:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">~~~~~~~</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">if (a &gt; 3) {</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />moveShip(5 * gravity, DOWN);</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">~~~~~~~</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Like regular code blocks,
fenced code blocks must be separated from surrounding text by blank
lines.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">If the code itself contains a row
of tildes or backticks, just use a longer row of tildes or backticks at
the start and end:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">~~~~~~~~~~</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">code including tildes</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">~~~~~~~~~~</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-backtick_code_blocks" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">backtick_code_blocks</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-backtick_code_blocks" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Same as
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fenced_code_blocks</text:span>,
but uses backticks
(<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">`</text:span>) instead of
tildes
(<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">~</text:span>).</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-fenced_code_attributes" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fenced_code_attributes</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-fenced_code_attributes" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Optionally, you may attach
attributes to fenced or backtick code block using this syntax:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">~~~~ {#mycode .haskell .numberLines startFrom=&quot;100&quot;}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">qsort [] <text:s text:c="4" />= []</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">qsort (x:xs) = qsort (filter (&lt; x) xs) ++ [x] ++</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="15" />qsort (filter (&gt;= x) xs)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Here
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mycode</text:span> is an
identifier,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">haskell</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">numberLines</text:span> are
classes, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">startFrom</text:span> is an
attribute with value
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">100</text:span>. Some output
formats can use this information to do syntax highlighting. Currently,
the only output formats that use this information are HTML, LaTeX, Docx,
Ms, and PowerPoint. If highlighting is supported for your output format
and language, then the code block above will appear highlighted, with
numbered lines. (To see which languages are supported, type
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc --list-highlight-languages</text:span>.)
Otherwise, the code block above will appear as follows:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;pre id=&quot;mycode&quot; class=&quot;haskell numberLines&quot; startFrom=&quot;100&quot;&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />&lt;code&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />...</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />&lt;/code&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;/pre&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">numberLines</text:span> (or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">number-lines</text:span>)
class will cause the lines of the code block to be numbered, starting
with <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">1</text:span> or the
value of the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">startFrom</text:span>
attribute. The
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lineAnchors</text:span> (or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">line-anchors</text:span>)
class will cause the lines to be clickable anchors in HTML
output.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">A shortcut form can also be used
for specifying the language of the code block:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">```haskell</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">qsort [] = []</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">```</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">This is equivalent
to:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">``` {.haskell}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">qsort [] = []</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">```</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">This shortcut form may be
combined with attributes:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">```haskell {.numberLines}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">qsort [] = []</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">```</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Which is equivalent
to:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">``` {.haskell .numberLines}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">qsort [] = []</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">```</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fenced_code_attributes</text:span>
extension is disabled, but input contains class attribute(s) for the
code block, the first class attribute will be printed after the opening
fence as a bare word.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">To prevent all highlighting, use
the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--syntax-highlighting=none</text:span>
option. To set the highlighting style or method, use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--syntax-highlighting</text:span>.
For more information on highlighting, see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#syntax-highlighting" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Syntax
highlighting</text:span></text:a>, below.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="line-blocks" />Line
blocks<text:bookmark-end text:name="line-blocks" /></text:h>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-line_blocks" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">line_blocks</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-line_blocks" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">A line block is a sequence
of lines beginning with a vertical bar
(<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">|</text:span>) followed by
a space. The division into lines will be preserved in the output, as
will any leading spaces; otherwise, the lines will be formatted as
Markdown. This is useful for verse and addresses:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| The limerick packs laughs anatomical</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| In space that is quite economical.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| <text:s text:c="3" />But the good ones I've seen</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| <text:s text:c="3" />So seldom are clean</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| And the clean ones so seldom are comical</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| 200 Main St.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| Berkeley, CA 94718</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The lines can be
hard-wrapped if needed, but the continuation line must begin with a
space.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| The Right Honorable Most Venerable and Righteous Samuel L.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />Constable, Jr.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| 200 Main St.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| Berkeley, CA 94718</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Inline formatting (such as
emphasis) is allowed in the content (though it can’t cross line
boundaries). Block-level formatting (such as block quotes or lists) is
not recognized.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">This syntax is borrowed from
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://docutils.sourceforge.io/docs/ref/rst/introduction.html" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">reStructuredText</text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="lists" />Lists<text:bookmark-end text:name="lists" /></text:h>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="bullet-lists" />Bullet
lists<text:bookmark-end text:name="bullet-lists" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">A bullet list is a list of
bulleted list items. A bulleted list item begins with a bullet
(<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">*</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">+</text:span>, or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-</text:span>). Here is a
simple example:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">* one</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">* two</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">* three</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">This will produce a
“compact” list. If you want a “loose” list, in which each item is
formatted as a paragraph, put spaces between the items:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">* one</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">* two</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">* three</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The bullets need not be
flush with the left margin; they may be indented one, two, or three
spaces. The bullet must be followed by whitespace.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">List items look best if
subsequent lines are flush with the first line (after the
bullet):</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">* here is my first</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />list item.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">* and my second.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">But Markdown also allows a
“lazy” format:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">* here is my first</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">list item.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">* and my second.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="block-content-in-list-items" />Block
content in list
items<text:bookmark-end text:name="block-content-in-list-items" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">A list item may contain
multiple paragraphs and other block-level content. However, subsequent
paragraphs must be preceded by a blank line and indented to line up with
the first non-space content after the list marker.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />* First paragraph.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />Continued.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />* Second paragraph. With a code block, which must be indented</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />eight spaces:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="8" />{ code }</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Exception: if the list
marker is followed by an indented code block, which must begin 5 spaces
after the list marker, then subsequent paragraphs must begin two columns
after the last character of the list marker:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">* <text:s text:c="4" />code</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />continuation paragraph</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">List items may include
other lists. In this case the preceding blank line is optional. The
nested list must be indented to line up with the first non-space
character after the list marker of the containing list item.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">* fruits</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />+ apples</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />- macintosh</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />- red delicious</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />+ pears</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />+ peaches</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">* vegetables</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />+ broccoli</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />+ chard</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">As noted above, Markdown
allows you to write list items “lazily,” instead of indenting
continuation lines. However, if there are multiple paragraphs or other
blocks in a list item, the first line of each must be indented.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">+ A lazy, lazy, list</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">item.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">+ Another one; this looks</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">bad but is legal.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />Second paragraph of second</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">list item.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="ordered-lists" />Ordered
lists<text:bookmark-end text:name="ordered-lists" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Ordered lists work just
like bulleted lists, except that the items begin with enumerators rather
than bullets.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">In original Markdown, enumerators
are decimal numbers followed by a period and a space. The numbers
themselves are ignored, so there is no difference between this
list:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">1. <text:s text:c="1" />one</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">2. <text:s text:c="1" />two</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">3. <text:s text:c="1" />three</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">and this one:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">5. <text:s text:c="1" />one</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">7. <text:s text:c="1" />two</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">1. <text:s text:c="1" />three</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-fancy_lists" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fancy_lists</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-fancy_lists" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Unlike original Markdown,
pandoc allows ordered list items to be marked with uppercase and
lowercase letters and roman numerals, in addition to Arabic numerals.
List markers may be enclosed in parentheses or followed by a single
right-parenthesis or period. They must be separated from the text that
follows by at least one space, and, if the list marker is a capital
letter with a period, by at least two
spaces.<text:note text:id="ftn0" text:note-class="footnote"><text:note-citation>1</text:note-citation><text:note-body><text:p text:style-name="Footnote">The
point of this rule is to ensure that normal paragraphs starting with
people’s initials, like</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">B. Russell won a Nobel Prize (but not for &quot;On Denoting&quot;).</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Footnote">do
not get treated as list
items.</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Footnote">This rule will not
prevent</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">(C) 2007 Joe Smith</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Footnote">from
being interpreted as a list item. In this case, a backslash escape can
be used:</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">(C\) 2007 Joe Smith</text:p></text:note-body></text:note></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">The
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fancy_lists</text:span>
extension also allows
‘<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">#</text:span>’ to be used
as an ordered list marker in place of a numeral:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">#. one</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">#. two</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Note: the
‘<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">#</text:span>’ ordered list
marker doesn’t work with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">commonmark</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">As with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">commonmark</text:span>,
ordered sublists must start with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">1</text:span> or the
equivalent (e.g.,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">i</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">a</text:span>). This helps
avoid unintentional lists caused by things like parenthesized
dates.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-startnum" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">startnum</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-startnum" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Pandoc also pays attention
to the type of list marker used, and to the starting number, and both of
these are preserved where possible in the output format. Thus, the
following yields a list with numbers followed by a single parenthesis,
starting with 9, and a sublist with lowercase roman numerals:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="1" />9) <text:s text:c="1" />Ninth</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">10) <text:s text:c="1" />Tenth</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">11) <text:s text:c="1" />Eleventh</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="7" />i. subone</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="6" />ii. subtwo</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="5" />iii. subthree</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Pandoc will start a new
list each time a different type of list marker is used. So, the
following will create three lists:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">(2) Two</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">(5) Three</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">1. <text:s text:c="1" />Four</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">* <text:s text:c="2" />Five</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If default list markers are
desired, use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">#.</text:span>:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">#. <text:s text:c="1" />one</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">#. <text:s text:c="1" />two</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">#. <text:s text:c="1" />three</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-task_lists" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">task_lists</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-task_lists" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Pandoc supports task lists,
using the syntax of GitHub-Flavored Markdown.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- [ ] an unchecked task list item</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- [x] checked item</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="definition-lists" />Definition
lists<text:bookmark-end text:name="definition-lists" /></text:h>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-definition_lists" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">definition_lists</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-definition_lists" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Pandoc supports definition
lists, using the syntax of
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://michelf.ca/projects/php-markdown/extra/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">PHP
Markdown Extra</text:span></text:a> with some
extensions.<text:note text:id="ftn1" text:note-class="footnote"><text:note-citation>2</text:note-citation><text:note-body><text:p text:style-name="Footnote">I
have been influenced by the suggestions of
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://justatheory.com/2009/02/modest-markdown-proposal/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">David
Wheeler</text:span></text:a>.</text:p></text:note-body></text:note></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Term 1</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">: <text:s text:c="2" />Definition 1</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Term 2 with *inline markup*</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">: <text:s text:c="2" />Definition 2</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="8" />{ some code, part of Definition 2 }</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />Third paragraph of definition 2.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Each term must fit on one
line, which may optionally be followed by a blank line, and must be
followed by one or more definitions. A definition begins with a colon or
tilde, which may be indented one or two spaces.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">A term may have multiple
definitions, and each definition may consist of one or more indented
block elements (paragraph, code block, list, etc.). The blocks in the
definition should be indented to the column of the first non-space
content after the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">:</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">~</text:span> marker, or (if
the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">four_space_rule</text:span>
extension is enabled) four spaces or one tab stop. As with other
Markdown lists, you can “lazily” omit indentation in paragraph
continuation lines:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Term 1</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">: Definition</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">with lazy continuation.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />Second paragraph of the definition.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If you leave space before
the definition (as in the example above), the text of the definition
will be treated as a paragraph. In some output formats, this will mean
greater spacing between term/definition pairs. For a more compact
definition list, omit the space before the definition:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Term 1</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />~ Definition 1</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Term 2</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />~ Definition 2a</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />~ Definition 2b</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Note that space between
items in a definition list is required.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="numbered-example-lists" />Numbered
example
lists<text:bookmark-end text:name="numbered-example-lists" /></text:h>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-example_lists" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">example_lists</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-example_lists" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The special list marker
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">@</text:span> can be used
for sequentially numbered examples. The first list item with a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">@</text:span> marker will be
numbered ‘1’, the next ‘2’, and so on, throughout the document. The
numbered examples need not occur in a single list; each new list using
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">@</text:span> will take up
where the last stopped. So, for example:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">(@) <text:s text:c="1" />My first example will be numbered (1).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">(@) <text:s text:c="1" />My second example will be numbered (2).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Explanation of examples.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">(@) <text:s text:c="1" />My third example will be numbered (3).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Numbered examples can be
labeled and referred to elsewhere in the document:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">(@good) <text:s text:c="1" />This is a good example.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">As (@good) illustrates, ...</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The label can be any string
of alphanumeric characters, underscores, or hyphens.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Continuation paragraphs in
example lists must always be indented four spaces, regardless of the
length of the list marker. That is, example lists always behave as if
the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">four_space_rule</text:span>
extension is set. This is because example labels tend to be long, and
indenting content to the first non-space character after the label would
be awkward.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">You can repeat an earlier
numbered example by re-using its label:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">(@foo) Sample sentence.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Intervening text...</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">This theory can explain the case we saw earlier (repeated):</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">(@foo) Sample sentence.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">This only works reliably,
though, if the repeated item is in a list by itself, because each
numbered example list will be numbered continuously from its starting
number.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="ending-a-list" />Ending
a list<text:bookmark-end text:name="ending-a-list" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">What if you want to put an
indented code block after a list?</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- <text:s text:c="2" />item one</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- <text:s text:c="2" />item two</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />{ my code block }</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Trouble! Here pandoc (like
other Markdown implementations) will treat
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">{ my code block }</text:span>
as the second paragraph of item two, and not as a code block.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">To “cut off” the list after item
two, you can insert some non-indented content, like an HTML comment,
which won’t produce visible output in any format:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- <text:s text:c="2" />item one</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- <text:s text:c="2" />item two</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;!-- end of list --&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />{ my code block }</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">You can use the same trick
if you want two consecutive lists instead of one big list:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">1. <text:s text:c="1" />one</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">2. <text:s text:c="1" />two</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">3. <text:s text:c="1" />three</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;!-- --&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">1. <text:s text:c="1" />uno</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">2. <text:s text:c="1" />dos</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">3. <text:s text:c="1" />tres</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="horizontal-rules" />Horizontal
rules<text:bookmark-end text:name="horizontal-rules" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">A line containing a row of
three or more <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">*</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-</text:span>, or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">_</text:span> characters
(optionally separated by spaces) produces a horizontal rule:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">* <text:s text:c="1" />* <text:s text:c="1" />* <text:s text:c="1" />*</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---------------</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">We strongly recommend that
horizontal rules be separated from surrounding text by blank lines. If a
horizontal rule is not followed by a blank line, pandoc may try to
interpret the lines that follow as a YAML metadata block or a
table.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="tables" />Tables<text:bookmark-end text:name="tables" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Four kinds of tables may be
used. The first three kinds (simple, multiline, and grid) require lining
up columns and thus presuppose the use of a fixed-width font, such as
Courier. The fourth kind (pipe tables) can be used with proportionally
spaced fonts, as it does not require lining up columns.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-table_captions" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">table_captions</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-table_captions" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">A caption may optionally be
provided with all 4 kinds of tables (as illustrated in the examples
below). A caption is a paragraph beginning with the string
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Table:</text:span> (or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">table:</text:span> or just
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">:</text:span>), which will
be stripped off. It may appear either before or after the
table.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-simple_tables" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">simple_tables</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-simple_tables" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Simple tables look like
this:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />Right <text:s text:c="4" />Left <text:s text:c="4" />Center <text:s text:c="4" />Default</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">------- <text:s text:c="4" />------ ---------- <text:s text:c="2" />-------</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="5" />12 <text:s text:c="4" />12 <text:s text:c="7" />12 <text:s text:c="11" />12</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />123 <text:s text:c="4" />123 <text:s text:c="6" />123 <text:s text:c="9" />123</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="6" />1 <text:s text:c="4" />1 <text:s text:c="9" />1 <text:s text:c="12" />1</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Table: <text:s text:c="1" />Demonstration of simple table syntax.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The header and table rows
must each fit on one line. Column alignments are determined by the
position of the header text relative to the dashed line below
it:<text:note text:id="ftn2" text:note-class="footnote"><text:note-citation>3</text:note-citation><text:note-body><text:p text:style-name="Footnote">This
scheme is due to Michel Fortin, who proposed it on the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="http://six.pairlist.net/pipermail/markdown-discuss/2005-March/001097.html" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Markdown
discussion
list</text:span></text:a>.</text:p></text:note-body></text:note></text:p>
<text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">If the dashed line
    is flush with the header text on the right side but extends beyond
    it on the left, the column is right-aligned.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">If the dashed line
    is flush with the header text on the left side but extends beyond it
    on the right, the column is left-aligned.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">If the dashed line
    extends beyond the header text on both sides, the column is
    centered.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">If the dashed line
    is flush with the header text on both sides, the default alignment
    is used (in most cases, this will be left).</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The table must end with a
blank line, or a line of dashes followed by a blank line.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">The column header row may be
omitted, provided a dashed line is used to end the table. For
example:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">------- <text:s text:c="4" />------ ---------- <text:s text:c="2" />-------</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="5" />12 <text:s text:c="4" />12 <text:s text:c="7" />12 <text:s text:c="12" />12</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />123 <text:s text:c="4" />123 <text:s text:c="6" />123 <text:s text:c="10" />123</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="6" />1 <text:s text:c="4" />1 <text:s text:c="9" />1 <text:s text:c="13" />1</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">------- <text:s text:c="4" />------ ---------- <text:s text:c="2" />-------</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">When the header row is
omitted, column alignments are determined on the basis of the first line
of the table body. So, in the tables above, the columns would be right,
left, center, and right aligned, respectively.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-multiline_tables" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">multiline_tables</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-multiline_tables" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Multiline tables allow
header and table rows to span multiple lines of text (but cells that
span multiple columns or rows of the table are not supported). Here is
an example:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">-------------------------------------------------------------</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="1" />Centered <text:s text:c="2" />Default <text:s text:c="10" />Right Left</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />Header <text:s text:c="3" />Aligned <text:s text:c="8" />Aligned Aligned</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">----------- ------- --------------- -------------------------</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="3" />First <text:s text:c="3" />row <text:s text:c="15" />12.0 Example of a row that</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="36" />spans multiple lines.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />Second <text:s text:c="3" />row <text:s text:c="16" />5.0 Here's another one. Note</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="36" />the blank line between</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="36" />rows.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">-------------------------------------------------------------</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Table: Here's the caption. It, too, may span</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">multiple lines.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">These work like simple
tables, but with the following differences:</text:p>
<text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">They must begin
    with a row of dashes, before the header text (unless the header row
    is omitted).</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">They must end with
    a row of dashes, then a blank line.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">The rows must be
    separated by blank lines.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">In multiline tables, the
table parser pays attention to the widths of the columns, and the
writers try to reproduce these relative widths in the output. So, if you
find that one of the columns is too narrow in the output, try widening
it in the Markdown source.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">The header may be omitted in
multiline tables as well as simple tables:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">----------- ------- --------------- -------------------------</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="3" />First <text:s text:c="3" />row <text:s text:c="15" />12.0 Example of a row that</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="36" />spans multiple lines.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />Second <text:s text:c="3" />row <text:s text:c="16" />5.0 Here's another one. Note</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="36" />the blank line between</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="36" />rows.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">----------- ------- --------------- -------------------------</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">: Here's a multiline table without a header.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">It is possible for a
multiline table to have just one row, but the row should be followed by
a blank line (and then the row of dashes that ends the table), or the
table may be interpreted as a simple table.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-grid_tables" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">grid_tables</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-grid_tables" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Grid tables look like
this:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">: Sample grid table.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">+---------------+---------------+--------------------+</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| Fruit <text:s text:c="8" />| Price <text:s text:c="8" />| Advantages <text:s text:c="8" />|</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">+===============+===============+====================+</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| Bananas <text:s text:c="6" />| $1.34 <text:s text:c="8" />| - built-in wrapper |</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| <text:s text:c="14" />| <text:s text:c="14" />| - bright color <text:s text:c="4" />|</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">+---------------+---------------+--------------------+</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| Oranges <text:s text:c="6" />| $2.10 <text:s text:c="8" />| - cures scurvy <text:s text:c="4" />|</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| <text:s text:c="14" />| <text:s text:c="14" />| - tasty <text:s text:c="11" />|</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">+---------------+---------------+--------------------+</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The row of
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">=</text:span>s separates the
header from the table body, and can be omitted for a headerless table.
The cells of grid tables may contain arbitrary block elements (multiple
paragraphs, code blocks, lists, etc.).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Cells can span multiple columns
or rows:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">+---------------------+----------+</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| Property <text:s text:c="11" />| Earth <text:s text:c="3" />|</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">+=============+=======+==========+</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| <text:s text:c="12" />| min <text:s text:c="2" />| -89.2 °C |</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| Temperature +-------+----------+</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| 1961-1990 <text:s text:c="2" />| mean <text:s text:c="1" />| 14 °C <text:s text:c="3" />|</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| <text:s text:c="12" />+-------+----------+</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| <text:s text:c="12" />| max <text:s text:c="2" />| 56.7 °C <text:s text:c="1" />|</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">+-------------+-------+----------+</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">A table header may contain
more than one row:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">+---------------------+-----------------------+</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| Location <text:s text:c="11" />| Temperature 1961-1990 |</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| <text:s text:c="20" />| in degree Celsius <text:s text:c="4" />|</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| <text:s text:c="20" />+-------+-------+-------+</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| <text:s text:c="20" />| min <text:s text:c="2" />| mean <text:s text:c="1" />| max <text:s text:c="2" />|</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">+=====================+=======+=======+=======+</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| Antarctica <text:s text:c="9" />| -89.2 | N/A <text:s text:c="2" />| 19.8 <text:s text:c="1" />|</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">+---------------------+-------+-------+-------+</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| Earth <text:s text:c="14" />| -89.2 | 14 <text:s text:c="3" />| 56.7 <text:s text:c="1" />|</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">+---------------------+-------+-------+-------+</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Alignments can be specified
as with pipe tables, by putting colons at the boundaries of the
separator line after the header:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">+---------------+---------------+--------------------+</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| Right <text:s text:c="8" />| Left <text:s text:c="9" />| Centered <text:s text:c="10" />|</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">+==============:+:==============+:==================:+</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| Bananas <text:s text:c="6" />| $1.34 <text:s text:c="8" />| built-in wrapper <text:s text:c="2" />|</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">+---------------+---------------+--------------------+</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">For headerless tables, the
colons go on the top line instead:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">+--------------:+:--------------+:------------------:+</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| Right <text:s text:c="8" />| Left <text:s text:c="9" />| Centered <text:s text:c="10" />|</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">+---------------+---------------+--------------------+</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">A table foot can be defined
by enclosing it with separator lines that use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">=</text:span> instead of
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-</text:span>:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="1" />+---------------+---------------+</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="1" />| Fruit <text:s text:c="8" />| Price <text:s text:c="8" />|</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="1" />+===============+===============+</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="1" />| Bananas <text:s text:c="6" />| $1.34 <text:s text:c="8" />|</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="1" />+---------------+---------------+</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="1" />| Oranges <text:s text:c="6" />| $2.10 <text:s text:c="8" />|</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="1" />+===============+===============+</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="1" />| Sum <text:s text:c="10" />| $3.44 <text:s text:c="8" />|</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="1" />+===============+===============+</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The foot must always be
placed at the very bottom of the table.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Grid tables can be created easily
using Emacs’ table-mode
(<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">M-x table-insert</text:span>).</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-pipe_tables" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pipe_tables</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-pipe_tables" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Pipe tables look like
this:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| Right | Left | Default | Center |</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">|------:|:-----|---------|:------:|</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| <text:s text:c="2" />12 <text:s text:c="1" />| <text:s text:c="1" />12 <text:s text:c="1" />| <text:s text:c="3" />12 <text:s text:c="2" />| <text:s text:c="3" />12 <text:s text:c="1" />|</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| <text:s text:c="1" />123 <text:s text:c="1" />| <text:s text:c="1" />123 | <text:s text:c="2" />123 <text:s text:c="2" />| <text:s text:c="2" />123 <text:s text:c="1" />|</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| <text:s text:c="3" />1 <text:s text:c="1" />| <text:s text:c="3" />1 | <text:s text:c="4" />1 <text:s text:c="2" />| <text:s text:c="4" />1 <text:s text:c="1" />|</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />: Demonstration of pipe table syntax.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The syntax is identical to
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://michelf.ca/projects/php-markdown/extra/#table" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">PHP
Markdown Extra tables</text:span></text:a>. The beginning and ending
pipe characters are optional, but pipes are required between all
columns. The colons indicate column alignment as shown. The header
cannot be omitted. To simulate a headerless table, include a header with
blank cells.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Since the pipes indicate column
boundaries, columns need not be vertically aligned, as they are in the
above example. So, this is a perfectly legal (though ugly) pipe
table:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">fruit| price</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">-----|-----:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">apple|2.05</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pear|1.37</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">orange|3.09</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The cells of pipe tables
cannot contain block elements like paragraphs and lists, and cannot span
multiple lines. If any line of the Markdown source is longer than the
column width (see
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--columns</text:span>), then
the table will take up the full text width and the cell contents will
wrap, with the relative cell widths determined by the number of dashes
in the line separating the table header from the table body. (For
example <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">---|-</text:span>
would make the first column 3/4 and the second column 1/4 of the full
text width.) On the other hand, if no lines are wider than column width,
then cell contents will not be wrapped, and the cells will be sized to
their contents.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Note: pandoc also recognizes pipe
tables of the following form, as can be produced by Emacs’
orgtbl-mode:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| One | Two <text:s text:c="2" />|</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">|-----+-------|</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| my <text:s text:c="1" />| table |</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| is <text:s text:c="1" />| nice <text:s text:c="1" />|</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The difference is that
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">+</text:span> is used
instead of <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">|</text:span>.
Other orgtbl features are not supported. In particular, to get
non-default column alignment, you’ll need to add colons as
above.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-table_attributes" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">table_attributes</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-table_attributes" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Attributes may be attached
to tables by including them at the end of the caption. (For the syntax,
see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-header_attributes" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">header_attributes</text:span></text:span></text:a>.)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />: Here's the caption. {#ident .class key=&quot;value&quot;}</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="table-placement-in-latex" />Table
placement in
LaTeX<text:bookmark-end text:name="table-placement-in-latex" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">By default, pandoc will
render tables in LaTeX using the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">longtable</text:span>
environment. The tables will not “float” and they can span page
boundaries. If you prefer standard “floating” tables (which are limited
to what can fit on one page), add the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">float</text:span> class to
the table’s attributes (which can be specified after the caption).
Optionally, the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">latex-placement</text:span>
attribute may be used to pass parameters affecting the float
placement:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">: The caption of the table. {#ident .float latex-placement=&quot;ht&quot;}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Note that
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">longtable</text:span> does
not work with two-column layouts, so if you are producing a two-column
document using LaTeX, you will need to specify the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">float</text:span> class on
every table, or use this small Lua filter to add it
automatically:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">function Table(el)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />el.classes:insert(&quot;float&quot;)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />return el</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">end</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="metadata-blocks" />Metadata
blocks<text:bookmark-end text:name="metadata-blocks" /></text:h>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-pandoc_title_block" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc_title_block</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-pandoc_title_block" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If the file begins with a
title block</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">% title</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">% author(s) (separated by semicolons)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">% date</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">it will be parsed as
bibliographic information, not regular text. (It will be used, for
example, in the title of standalone LaTeX or HTML output.) The block may
contain just a title, a date and an author, or all three elements. If
you want to include an author but no title, or a title and a date but no
author, you need a blank line:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">%</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">% Author</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">% My title</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">%</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">% June 15, 2006</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The title may occupy
multiple lines, but continuation lines must begin with leading space,
thus:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">% My title</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />on multiple lines</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If a document has multiple
authors, the authors may be put on separate lines with leading space, or
separated by semicolons, or both. So, all of the following are
equivalent:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">% Author One</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />Author Two</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">% Author One; Author Two</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">% Author One;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />Author Two</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The date must fit on one
line.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">All three metadata fields may
contain standard inline formatting (italics, links, footnotes,
etc.).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Title blocks will always be
parsed, but they will affect the output only when the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--standalone</text:span>
(<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-s</text:span>) option is
chosen. In HTML output, titles will appear twice: once in the document
head—this is the title that will appear at the top of the window in a
browser—and once at the beginning of the document body. The title in the
document head can have an optional prefix attached
(<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--title-prefix</text:span>
or <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-T</text:span> option).
The title in the body appears as an H1 element with class “title”, so it
can be suppressed or reformatted with CSS. If a title prefix is
specified with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-T</text:span> and no title
block appears in the document, the title prefix will be used by itself
as the HTML title.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">The man page writer extracts a
title, man page section number, and other header and footer information
from the title line. The title is assumed to be the first word on the
title line, which may optionally end with a (single-digit) section
number in parentheses. (There should be no space between the title and
the parentheses.) Anything after this is assumed to be additional footer
and header text. A single pipe character
(<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">|</text:span>) should be
used to separate the footer text from the header text. Thus,</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">% PANDOC(1)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">will yield a man page with
the title <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">PANDOC</text:span>
and section 1.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">% PANDOC(1) Pandoc User Manuals</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">will also have “Pandoc User
Manuals” in the footer.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">% PANDOC(1) Pandoc User Manuals | Version 4.0</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">will also have “Version
4.0” in the header.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-yaml_metadata_block" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">yaml_metadata_block</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-yaml_metadata_block" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">A
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://yaml.org/spec/1.2/spec.html" office:name="YAML v1.2 Spec"><text:span text:style-name="Definition">YAML</text:span></text:a>
metadata block is a valid YAML object, delimited by a line of three
hyphens (<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">---</text:span>) at
the top and a line of three hyphens
(<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">---</text:span>) or three
dots (<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">...</text:span>) at
the bottom. The initial line
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">---</text:span> must not be
followed by a blank line. A YAML metadata block may occur anywhere in
the document, but if it is not at the beginning, it must be preceded by
a blank line. (Note that JSON may be used as well, because JSON is a
subset of YAML.)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Note that, because of the way
pandoc concatenates input files when several are provided, you may also
keep the metadata in a separate YAML file and pass it to pandoc as an
argument, along with your Markdown files:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc chap1.md chap2.md chap3.md metadata.yaml -s -o book.html</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Just be sure that the YAML
file begins with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">---</text:span> and ends
with <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">---</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">...</text:span>.
Alternatively, you can use the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--metadata-file</text:span>
option. Using that approach however, you cannot reference content (like
footnotes) from the main Markdown input document.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Metadata will be taken from the
fields of the YAML object and added to any existing document metadata.
Metadata can contain lists and objects (nested arbitrarily), but all
string scalars will be interpreted as Markdown. Fields with names ending
in an underscore will be ignored by pandoc. (They may be given a role by
external processors.) Field names must not be interpretable as YAML
numbers or boolean values (so, for example,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">yes</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">True</text:span>, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">15</text:span> cannot be
used as field names).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">A document may contain multiple
metadata blocks. If two metadata blocks attempt to set the same field,
the value from the second block will be taken.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Each metadata block is handled
internally as an independent YAML document. This means, for example,
that any YAML anchors defined in a block cannot be referenced in another
block.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">When pandoc is used with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-t markdown</text:span> to
create a Markdown document, a YAML metadata block will be produced only
if the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-s/--standalone</text:span>
option is used. All of the metadata will appear in a single block at the
beginning of the document.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Note that
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://yaml.org/spec/1.2/spec.html" office:name="YAML v1.2 Spec"><text:span text:style-name="Definition">YAML</text:span></text:a>
escaping rules must be followed. Thus, for example, if a title contains
a colon, it must be quoted, and if it contains a backslash escape, then
it must be ensured that it is not treated as a
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://yaml.org/spec/1.2/spec.html#id2776092" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">YAML
escape sequence</text:span></text:a>. The pipe character
(<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">|</text:span>) can be used
to begin an indented block that will be interpreted literally, without
need for escaping. This form is necessary when the field contains blank
lines or block-level formatting:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">title: <text:s text:c="1" />'This is the title: it contains a colon'</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">author:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- Author One</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- Author Two</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">keywords: [nothing, nothingness]</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">abstract: |</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />This is the abstract.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />It consists of two paragraphs.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">...</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The literal block after the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">|</text:span> must be
indented relative to the line containing the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">|</text:span>. If it is not,
the YAML will be invalid and pandoc will not interpret it as metadata.
For an overview of the complex rules governing YAML, see the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YAML#Syntax" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Wikipedia
entry on YAML syntax</text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Template variables will be set
automatically from the metadata. Thus, for example, in writing HTML, the
variable
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">abstract</text:span> will be
set to the HTML equivalent of the Markdown in the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">abstract</text:span>
field:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;p&gt;This is the abstract.&lt;/p&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;p&gt;It consists of two paragraphs.&lt;/p&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Variables can contain
arbitrary YAML structures, but the template must match this structure.
The <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">author</text:span>
variable in the default templates expects a simple list or string, but
can be changed to support more complicated structures. The following
combination, for example, would add an affiliation to the author if one
is given:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">title: The document title</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">author:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- name: Author One</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />affiliation: University of Somewhere</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- name: Author Two</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />affiliation: University of Nowhere</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">...</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">To use the structured
authors in the example above, you would need a custom template:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$for(author)$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$if(author.name)$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$author.name$$if(author.affiliation)$ ($author.affiliation$)$endif$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$else$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$author$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$endif$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$endfor$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Raw content to include in
the document’s header may be specified using
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">header-includes</text:span>;
however, it is important to mark up this content as raw code for a
particular output format, using the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-raw_attribute" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">raw_attribute</text:span>
extension</text:span></text:a>, or it will be interpreted as Markdown.
For example:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">header-includes:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- |</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />```{=latex}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />\let\oldsection\section</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />\renewcommand{\section}[1]{\clearpage\oldsection{#1}}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />```</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Note: the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">yaml_metadata_block</text:span>
extension works not just with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown</text:span> but
with <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">commonmark</text:span>
(and it is enabled by default in
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">gfm</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">commonmark_x</text:span>).
However, in
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">commonmark</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">gfm</text:span>, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">commonmark_x</text:span>,
the following restrictions apply:</text:p>
<text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">The YAML metadata block
    must occur at the beginning of the document (and there can be only
    one). If multiple files are given as arguments to pandoc, only the
    first can be a YAML metadata block.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">The leaf nodes of the YAML
    structure are parsed in isolation from each other and from the rest
    of the document. So, for example, you can’t use a reference link in
    these contexts if the link definition is somewhere else in the
    document.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="backslash-escapes" />Backslash
escapes<text:bookmark-end text:name="backslash-escapes" /></text:h>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-all_symbols_escapable" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">all_symbols_escapable</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-all_symbols_escapable" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Except inside a code block
or inline code, any punctuation or space character preceded by a
backslash will be treated literally, even if it would normally indicate
formatting. Thus, for example, if one writes</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">*\*hello\**</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">one will get</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;em&gt;*hello*&lt;/em&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">instead of</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;strong&gt;hello&lt;/strong&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">This rule is easier to
remember than original Markdown’s rule, which allows only the following
characters to be backslash-escaped:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">\`*_{}[]()&gt;#+-.!</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">(However, if the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown_strict</text:span>
format is used, the original Markdown rule will be used.)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">A backslash-escaped space is
parsed as a nonbreaking space. In TeX output, it will appear as
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">~</text:span>. In HTML and
XML output, it will appear as a literal unicode nonbreaking space
character (note that it will thus actually look “invisible” in the
generated HTML source; you can still use the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--ascii</text:span>
command-line option to make it appear as an explicit entity).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">A backslash-escaped newline
(i.e. a backslash occurring at the end of a line) is parsed as a hard
line break. It will appear in TeX output as
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\\</text:span> and in HTML
as <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;br /&gt;</text:span>.
This is a nice alternative to Markdown’s “invisible” way of indicating
hard line breaks using two trailing spaces on a line.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Backslash escapes do not work in
verbatim contexts.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="inline-formatting" />Inline
formatting<text:bookmark-end text:name="inline-formatting" /></text:h>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="emphasis" />Emphasis<text:bookmark-end text:name="emphasis" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">To
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">emphasize</text:span> some text,
surround it with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">*</text:span>s or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">_</text:span>, like
this:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">This text is _emphasized with underscores_, and this</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">is *emphasized with asterisks*.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Double
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">*</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">_</text:span> produces
<text:span text:style-name="Strong_20_Emphasis">strong
emphasis</text:span>:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">This is **strong emphasis** and __with underscores__.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">A
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">*</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">_</text:span> character
surrounded by spaces, or backslash-escaped, will not trigger
emphasis:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">This is * not emphasized *, and \*neither is this\*.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-intraword_underscores" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">intraword_underscores</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-intraword_underscores" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Because
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">_</text:span> is sometimes
used inside words and identifiers, pandoc does not interpret a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">_</text:span> surrounded by
alphanumeric characters as an emphasis marker. If you want to emphasize
just part of a word, use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">*</text:span>:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">feas*ible*, not feas*able*.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="strikeout" />Strikeout<text:bookmark-end text:name="strikeout" /></text:h>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-strikeout" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">strikeout</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-strikeout" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">To strike out a section of
text with a horizontal line, begin and end it with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">~~</text:span>. Thus, for
example,</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">This ~~is deleted text.~~</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="superscripts-and-subscripts" />Superscripts
and
subscripts<text:bookmark-end text:name="superscripts-and-subscripts" /></text:h>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-superscript-subscript" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">superscript</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">subscript</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-superscript-subscript" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Superscripts may be written
by surrounding the superscripted text by
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">^</text:span> characters;
subscripts may be written by surrounding the subscripted text by
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">~</text:span> characters.
Thus, for example,</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">H~2~O is a liquid. <text:s text:c="1" />2^10^ is 1024.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The text between
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">^...^</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">~...~</text:span> may not
contain spaces or newlines. If the superscripted or subscripted text
contains spaces, these spaces must be escaped with backslashes. (This is
to prevent accidental superscripting and subscripting through the
ordinary use of
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">~</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">^</text:span>, and also bad
interactions with footnotes.) Thus, if you want the letter P with ‘a
cat’ in subscripts, use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">P~a\ cat~</text:span>, not
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">P~a cat~</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="verbatim" />Verbatim<text:bookmark-end text:name="verbatim" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">To make a short span of
text verbatim, put it inside backticks:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">What is the difference between `&gt;&gt;=` and `&gt;&gt;`?</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If the verbatim text
includes a backtick, use double backticks:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Here is a literal backtick `` ` ``.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">(The spaces after the
opening backticks and before the closing backticks will be
ignored.)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">The general rule is that a
verbatim span starts with a string of consecutive backticks (optionally
followed by a space) and ends with a string of the same number of
backticks (optionally preceded by a space).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Note that backslash-escapes (and
other Markdown constructs) do not work in verbatim contexts:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">This is a backslash followed by an asterisk: `\*`.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-inline_code_attributes" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">inline_code_attributes</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-inline_code_attributes" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Attributes can be attached
to verbatim text, just as with
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#fenced-code-blocks" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">fenced
code blocks</text:span></text:a>:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">`&lt;$&gt;`{.haskell}</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="underline" />Underline<text:bookmark-end text:name="underline" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">To underline text, use the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">underline</text:span>
class:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[Underline]{.underline}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Or, without the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bracketed_spans</text:span>
extension (but with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">native_spans</text:span>):</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;span class=&quot;underline&quot;&gt;Underline&lt;/span&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">This will work in all
output formats that support underline.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="small-caps" />Small
caps<text:bookmark-end text:name="small-caps" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">To write small caps, use
the <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">smallcaps</text:span>
class:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[Small caps]{.smallcaps}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Or, without the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bracketed_spans</text:span>
extension:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;span class=&quot;smallcaps&quot;&gt;Small caps&lt;/span&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">For compatibility with
other Markdown flavors, CSS is also supported:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;span style=&quot;font-variant:small-caps;&quot;&gt;Small caps&lt;/span&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">This will work in all
output formats that support small caps.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="highlighting" />Highlighting<text:bookmark-end text:name="highlighting" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">To highlight text, use the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mark</text:span>
class:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[Mark]{.mark}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Or, without the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bracketed_spans</text:span>
extension (but with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">native_spans</text:span>):</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;span class=&quot;mark&quot;&gt;Mark&lt;/span&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">This will work in all
output formats that support highlighting.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="math" />Math<text:bookmark-end text:name="math" /></text:h>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-tex_math_dollars" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">tex_math_dollars</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-tex_math_dollars" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Anything between two
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$</text:span> characters
will be treated as TeX math. The opening
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$</text:span> must have a
non-space character immediately to its right, while the closing
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$</text:span> must have a
non-space character immediately to its left, and must not be followed
immediately by a digit. Thus,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$20,000 and $30,000</text:span>
won’t parse as math. If for some reason you need to enclose text in
literal <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$</text:span>
characters, backslash-escape them and they won’t be treated as math
delimiters.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">For display math, use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$$</text:span> delimiters.
(In this case, the delimiters may be separated from the formula by
whitespace. However, there can be no blank lines between the opening and
closing <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$$</text:span>
delimiters.)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">TeX math will be printed in all
output formats. How it is rendered depends on the output
format:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">LaTeX</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">It will
appear verbatim surrounded by
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\(...\)</text:span> (for
inline math) or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\[...\]</text:span> (for
display math).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">Markdown, Emacs
Org mode, ConTeXt, Txt2Tags, ZimWiki</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">It will
appear verbatim surrounded by
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$...$</text:span> (for
inline math) or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$$...$$</text:span> (for
display math).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">XWiki</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">It will
appear verbatim surrounded by
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">{{formula}}..{{/formula}}</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">reStructuredText</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">It will be
rendered using an
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://docutils.sourceforge.io/docs/ref/rst/roles.html#math" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">interpreted
text role
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">:math:</text:span></text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">AsciiDoc</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">For AsciiDoc
output math will appear verbatim surrounded by
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">latexmath:[...]</text:span>.
For
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">asciidoc_legacy</text:span>
the bracketed material will also include inline or display math
delimiters.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">Texinfo</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">It will be
rendered inside a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">@math</text:span>
command.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">roff man, Jira
markup</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">It will be
rendered verbatim without
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$</text:span>’s.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">MediaWiki,
DokuWiki</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">It will be
rendered inside
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;math&gt;</text:span>
tags.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">Textile</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">It will be
rendered inside
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;span class=&quot;math&quot;&gt;</text:span>
tags.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">RTF,
OpenDocument</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">It will be
rendered, if possible, using Unicode characters, and will otherwise
appear verbatim.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">ODT</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">It will be
rendered, if possible, using MathML.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">DocBook</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">If the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--mathml</text:span> flag is
used, it will be rendered using MathML in an
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">inlineequation</text:span>
or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">informalequation</text:span>
tag. Otherwise it will be rendered, if possible, using Unicode
characters.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">Docx and
PowerPoint</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">It will be
rendered using OMML math markup.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">FictionBook2</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">If the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--webtex</text:span> option
is used, formulas are rendered as images using CodeCogs or other
compatible web service, downloaded and embedded in the e-book.
Otherwise, they will appear verbatim.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">HTML, Slidy,
DZSlides, S5, EPUB</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">The way math
is rendered in HTML will depend on the command-line options selected.
Therefore see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#math-rendering-in-html" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Math
rendering in HTML</text:span></text:a> above.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="raw-html" />Raw
HTML<text:bookmark-end text:name="raw-html" /></text:h>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-raw_html" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">raw_html</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-raw_html" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Markdown allows you to
insert raw HTML (or DocBook) anywhere in a document (except verbatim
contexts, where
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&gt;</text:span>, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&amp;</text:span> are
interpreted literally). (Technically this is not an extension, since
standard Markdown allows it, but it has been made an extension so that
it can be disabled if desired.)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">The raw HTML is passed through
unchanged in HTML, S5, Slidy, Slideous, DZSlides, EPUB, Markdown,
CommonMark, Emacs Org mode, Textile, and Txt2Tags output, and suppressed
in other formats.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">For a more explicit way of
including raw HTML in a Markdown document, see the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-raw_attribute" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">raw_attribute</text:span>
extension</text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">In the CommonMark format, if
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">raw_html</text:span> is
enabled, superscripts, subscripts, strikeouts and small capitals will be
represented as HTML. Otherwise, plain-text fallbacks will be used. Note
that even if
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">raw_html</text:span> is
disabled, tables will be rendered with HTML syntax if they cannot use
pipe syntax.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-markdown_in_html_blocks" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown_in_html_blocks</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-markdown_in_html_blocks" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Original Markdown allows
you to include HTML “blocks”: blocks of HTML between balanced tags that
are separated from the surrounding text with blank lines, and start and
end at the left margin. Within these blocks, everything is interpreted
as HTML, not Markdown; so (for example),
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">*</text:span> does not
signify emphasis.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Pandoc behaves this way when the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown_strict</text:span>
format is used; but by default, pandoc interprets material between HTML
block tags as Markdown. Thus, for example, pandoc will turn</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;table&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;tr&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;td&gt;*one*&lt;/td&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;td&gt;[a link](https://google.com)&lt;/td&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;/tr&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;/table&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">into</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;table&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;tr&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;td&gt;&lt;em&gt;one&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/td&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;td&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://google.com&quot;&gt;a link&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/td&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;/tr&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;/table&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">whereas
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Markdown.pl</text:span> will
preserve it as is.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">There is one exception to this
rule: text between
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;script&gt;</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;style&gt;</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;pre&gt;</text:span>, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;textarea&gt;</text:span>
tags is not interpreted as Markdown.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">This departure from original
Markdown should make it easier to mix Markdown with HTML block elements.
For example, one can surround a block of Markdown text with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;div&gt;</text:span> tags
without preventing it from being interpreted as Markdown.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-native_divs" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">native_divs</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-native_divs" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Use native pandoc
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Div</text:span> blocks for
content inside
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;div&gt;</text:span>
tags. For the most part this should give the same output as
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown_in_html_blocks</text:span>,
but it makes it easier to write pandoc filters to manipulate groups of
blocks.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-native_spans" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">native_spans</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-native_spans" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Use native pandoc
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Span</text:span> blocks for
content inside
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;span&gt;</text:span>
tags. For the most part this should give the same output as
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">raw_html</text:span>, but it
makes it easier to write pandoc filters to manipulate groups of
inlines.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-raw_tex" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">raw_tex</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-raw_tex" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">In addition to raw HTML,
pandoc allows raw LaTeX, TeX, and ConTeXt to be included in a document.
Inline TeX commands will be preserved and passed unchanged to the LaTeX
and ConTeXt writers. Thus, for example, you can use LaTeX to include
BibTeX citations:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">This result was proved in \cite{jones.1967}.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Note that in LaTeX
environments, like</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">\begin{tabular}{|l|l|}\hline</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Age &amp; Frequency \\ \hline</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">18--25 <text:s text:c="1" />&amp; 15 \\</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">26--35 <text:s text:c="1" />&amp; 33 \\</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">36--45 <text:s text:c="1" />&amp; 22 \\ \hline</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">\end{tabular}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">the material between the
begin and end tags will be interpreted as raw LaTeX, not as
Markdown.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">For a more explicit and flexible
way of including raw TeX in a Markdown document, see the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-raw_attribute" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">raw_attribute</text:span>
extension</text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Inline LaTeX is ignored in output
formats other than Markdown, LaTeX, Emacs Org mode, and
ConTeXt.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="generic-raw-attribute" />Generic
raw
attribute<text:bookmark-end text:name="generic-raw-attribute" /></text:h>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-raw_attribute" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">raw_attribute</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-raw_attribute" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Inline spans and fenced
code blocks with a special kind of attribute will be parsed as raw
content with the designated format. For example, the following produces
a raw roff <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ms</text:span>
block:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">```{=ms}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">.MYMACRO</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">blah blah</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">```</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">And the following produces
a raw <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html</text:span>
inline element:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">This is `&lt;a&gt;html&lt;/a&gt;`{=html}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">This can be useful to
insert raw xml into
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docx</text:span> documents,
e.g. a pagebreak:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">```{=openxml}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;w:p&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />&lt;w:r&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />&lt;w:br w:type=&quot;page&quot;/&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />&lt;/w:r&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;/w:p&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">```</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The format name should
match the target format name (see
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-t/--to</text:span>, above,
for a list, or use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc --list-output-formats</text:span>).
Use <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">openxml</text:span> for
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docx</text:span> output,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">opendocument</text:span> for
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">odt</text:span> output,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html5</text:span> for
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">epub3</text:span> output,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html4</text:span> for
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">epub2</text:span> output,
and <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">latex</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">beamer</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ms</text:span>, or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">html5</text:span> for
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pdf</text:span> output
(depending on what you use for
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--pdf-engine</text:span>).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">This extension presupposes that
the relevant kind of inline code or fenced code block is enabled. Thus,
for example, to use a raw attribute with a backtick code block,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">backtick_code_blocks</text:span>
must be enabled.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">The raw attribute cannot be
combined with regular attributes.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="latex-macros" />LaTeX
macros<text:bookmark-end text:name="latex-macros" /></text:h>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-latex_macros" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">latex_macros</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-latex_macros" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">When this extension is
enabled, pandoc will parse LaTeX macro definitions and apply the
resulting macros to all LaTeX math and raw LaTeX. So, for example, the
following will work in all output formats, not just LaTeX:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">\newcommand{\tuple}[1]{\langle #1 \rangle}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$\tuple{a, b, c}$</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Note that LaTeX macros will
not be applied if they occur inside a raw span or block marked with the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-raw_attribute" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">raw_attribute</text:span>
extension</text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">When
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">latex_macros</text:span> is
disabled, the raw LaTeX and math will not have macros applied. This is
usually a better approach when you are targeting LaTeX or PDF.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Macro definitions in LaTeX will
be passed through as raw LaTeX only if
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">latex_macros</text:span> is
not enabled. Macro definitions in Markdown source (or other formats
allowing
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">raw_tex</text:span>) will be
passed through regardless of whether
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">latex_macros</text:span> is
enabled.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="links-1" />Links<text:bookmark-end text:name="links-1" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Markdown allows links to be
specified in several ways.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="automatic-links" />Automatic
links<text:bookmark-end text:name="automatic-links" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If you enclose a URL or
email address in pointy brackets, it will become a link:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;https://google.com&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;sam@green.eggs.ham&gt;</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="inline-links" />Inline
links<text:bookmark-end text:name="inline-links" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">An inline link consists of
the link text in square brackets, followed by the URL in parentheses.
(Optionally, the URL can be followed by a link title, in
quotes.)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">This is an [inline link](/url), and here's [one with</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">a title](https://fsf.org &quot;click here for a good time!&quot;).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">There can be no space
between the bracketed part and the parenthesized part. The link text can
contain formatting (such as emphasis), but the title cannot.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Email addresses in inline links
are not autodetected, so they have to be prefixed with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mailto</text:span>:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[Write me!](mailto:sam@green.eggs.ham)</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="reference-links" />Reference
links<text:bookmark-end text:name="reference-links" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">An
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">explicit</text:span> reference
link has two parts, the link itself and the link definition, which may
occur elsewhere in the document (either before or after the
link).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">The link consists of link text in
square brackets, followed by a label in square brackets. (There cannot
be space between the two unless the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">spaced_reference_links</text:span>
extension is enabled.) If the label is empty
(<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">[]</text:span>), then it
will be implicitly be taken to be the same as the link text; thus
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">[foo][]</text:span> is
equivalent to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">[foo][foo]</text:span>. (If
the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">shortcut_reference_links</text:span>
extension is enabled, the empty
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">[]</text:span> may be
omitted.)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">The link definition consists of
the bracketed label, followed by a colon and a space, followed by the
URL, and optionally (after a space) a link title either in quotes or in
parentheses. The label must not be parseable as a citation (assuming the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">citations</text:span>
extension is enabled): citations take precedence over link
labels.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Here are some examples of
reference links and link definitions;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">See [the website *I* built][my website].</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">See [my website][] and [the bar page][1] and</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">the [home page of the FSF][fsf].</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[my website]: http://foo.bar.baz</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[1]: /foo/bar.html <text:s text:c="1" />&quot;My title, optional&quot;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[fsf]: https://fsf.org (The Free Software Foundation)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[special page]: /bar#special <text:s text:c="1" />'A title in single quotes'</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The URL in a link
definition may optionally be surrounded by angle brackets:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[my label 5]: &lt;http://foo.bar.baz&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The title may go on the
next line:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[my label 3]: https://fsf.org</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />&quot;The Free Software Foundation&quot;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Note that link labels are
not case sensitive. So, this will work:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Here is [my link][FOO]</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[Foo]: /bar/baz</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The link definition may
come either before or after a reference link that uses the
label.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Note: In some Markdown
implementations, reference link definitions cannot occur in nested
constructions such as list items or block quotes. Pandoc lifts this
arbitrary-seeming restriction. So the following is fine in pandoc,
though not in all implementations:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&gt; My block [quote].</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&gt; [quote]: /foo</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-shortcut_reference_links" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">shortcut_reference_links</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-shortcut_reference_links" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">In a
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">shortcut</text:span> reference
link, the second pair of brackets may be omitted entirely:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">See [my website].</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[my website]: http://foo.bar.baz</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="internal-links" />Internal
links<text:bookmark-end text:name="internal-links" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">To link to another section
of the same document, use the automatically generated identifier (see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#heading-identifiers" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Heading
identifiers</text:span></text:a>). For example:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">See the [Introduction](#introduction).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">or</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">See the [Introduction].</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[Introduction]: #introduction</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Internal links are
currently supported for HTML formats (including HTML slide shows and
EPUB), LaTeX, and ConTeXt.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="images" />Images<text:bookmark-end text:name="images" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">A link immediately preceded
by a <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">!</text:span> will be
treated as an image. The link text (the part in square brackets) will be
used as the image’s alt text:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">![la lune](lalune.jpg &quot;Voyage to the moon&quot;)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">![movie reel]</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[movie reel]: movie.gif</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-implicit_figures" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">implicit_figures</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-implicit_figures" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">An image with nonempty alt
text, occurring by itself in a paragraph, will be rendered as a figure
with a caption. The image’s description will be used as the
caption.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">![This is the caption.](image.png)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">How this is rendered
depends on the output format. Some output formats (e.g. RTF) do not yet
support figures. In those formats, you’ll just get an image in a
paragraph by itself, with no caption.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">If you just want a regular inline
image, just make sure it is not the only thing in the paragraph. One way
to do this is to insert a nonbreaking space after the image:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">![This image won't be a figure](image.png)\</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Note that in reveal.js
slide shows, an image in a paragraph by itself that has the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">r-stretch</text:span> class
will fill the screen, and the caption and figure tags will be
omitted.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">To specify an alt text for the
image that is different from the caption, you can use an explicit
attribute (assuming the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">link_attributes</text:span>
extension is set):</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">![The caption.](image.png){alt=&quot;description of image&quot;}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">For LaTeX output, you can
specify a
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.overleaf.com/learn/latex/Positioning_images_and_tables#The_figure_environment" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">figure’s
positioning</text:span></text:a> by adding the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">latex-placement</text:span>
attribute.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">![The caption.](image.png){latex-placement=&quot;ht&quot;}</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-link_attributes" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">link_attributes</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-link_attributes" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Attributes can be set on
links and images:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">An inline ![image](foo.jpg){#id .class width=30 height=20px}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">and a reference ![image][ref] with attributes.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[ref]: foo.jpg &quot;optional title&quot; {#id .class key=val key2=&quot;val 2&quot;}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">(This syntax is compatible
with
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://michelf.ca/projects/php-markdown/extra/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">PHP
Markdown Extra</text:span></text:a> when only
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">#id</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">.class</text:span> are
used.)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">For HTML and EPUB, all known
HTML5 attributes except
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">width</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">height</text:span> (but
including <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">srcset</text:span>
and <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">sizes</text:span>) are
passed through as is. Unknown attributes are passed through as custom
attributes, with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">data-</text:span> prepended.
The other writers ignore attributes that are not specifically supported
by their output format.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">The
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">width</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">height</text:span>
attributes on images are treated specially. When used without a unit,
the unit is assumed to be pixels. However, any of the following unit
identifiers can be used:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">px</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">cm</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mm</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">in</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">inch</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">%</text:span>. There must
not be any spaces between the number and the unit. For example:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">![](file.jpg){ width=50% }</text:p>
<text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Dimensions may be
    converted to a form that is compatible with the output format (for
    example, dimensions given in pixels will be converted to inches when
    converting HTML to LaTeX). Conversion between pixels and physical
    measurements is affected by the
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--dpi</text:span> option
    (by default, 96 dpi is assumed, unless the image itself contains dpi
    information).</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">The
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">%</text:span> unit is
    generally relative to some available space. For example the above
    example will render to the
    following.</text:p><text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
      <text:list-item>
        <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">HTML:
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;img href=&quot;file.jpg&quot; style=&quot;width: 50%;&quot; /&gt;</text:span></text:p>
      </text:list-item>
      <text:list-item>
        <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">LaTeX:
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth,height=\textheight]{file.jpg}</text:span>
        (If you’re using a custom template, you need to configure
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">graphicx</text:span>
        as in the default template.)</text:p>
      </text:list-item>
      <text:list-item>
        <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">ConTeXt:
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\externalfigure[file.jpg][width=0.5\textwidth]</text:span></text:p>
      </text:list-item>
    </text:list>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Some output
    formats have a notion of a class
    (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://wiki.contextgarden.net/Using_Graphics#Multiple_Image_Settings" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">ConTeXt</text:span></text:a>)
    or a unique identifier (LaTeX
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\caption</text:span>),
    or both (HTML).</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">When no
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">width</text:span> or
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">height</text:span>
    attributes are specified, the fallback is to look at the image
    resolution and the dpi metadata embedded in the image file.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="divs-and-spans" />Divs
and Spans<text:bookmark-end text:name="divs-and-spans" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Using the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">native_divs</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">native_spans</text:span>
extensions (see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-native_divs" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">above</text:span></text:a>),
HTML syntax can be used as part of Markdown to create native
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Div</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Span</text:span> elements in
the pandoc AST (as opposed to raw HTML). However, there is also nicer
syntax available:</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-fenced_divs" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fenced_divs</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-fenced_divs" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Allow special fenced syntax
for native <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Div</text:span>
blocks. A Div starts with a fence containing at least three consecutive
colons plus some attributes. The attributes may optionally be followed
by another string of consecutive colons.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Note: the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">commonmark</text:span>
parser doesn’t permit colons after the attributes.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">The attribute syntax is exactly
as in fenced code blocks (see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-fenced_code_attributes" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fenced_code_attributes</text:span></text:span></text:a>).
As with fenced code blocks, one can use either attributes in curly
braces or a single unbraced word, which will be treated as a class name.
The Div ends with another line containing a string of at least three
consecutive colons. The fenced Div should be separated by blank lines
from preceding and following blocks.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Example:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">::::: {#special .sidebar}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Here is a paragraph.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">And another.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">:::::</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Fenced divs can be nested.
Opening fences are distinguished because they
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">must</text:span> have
attributes:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">::: Warning ::::::</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">This is a warning.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">::: Danger</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">This is a warning within a warning.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">:::</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">::::::::::::::::::</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Fences without attributes
are always closing fences. Unlike with fenced code blocks, the number of
colons in the closing fence need not match the number in the opening
fence. However, it can be helpful for visual clarity to use fences of
different lengths to distinguish nested divs from their
parents.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-bracketed_spans" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bracketed_spans</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-bracketed_spans" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">A bracketed sequence of
inlines, as one would use to begin a link, will be treated as a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Span</text:span> with
attributes if it is followed immediately by attributes:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[This is *some text*]{.class key=&quot;val&quot;}</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="footnotes" />Footnotes<text:bookmark-end text:name="footnotes" /></text:h>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-footnotes" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">footnotes</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-footnotes" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Pandoc’s Markdown allows
footnotes, using the following syntax:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Here is a footnote reference,[^1] and another.[^longnote]</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[^1]: Here is the footnote.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[^longnote]: Here's one with multiple blocks.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />Subsequent paragraphs are indented to show that they</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">belong to the previous footnote.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="8" />{ some.code }</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />The whole paragraph can be indented, or just the first</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />line. <text:s text:c="1" />In this way, multi-paragraph footnotes work like</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />multi-paragraph list items.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">This paragraph won't be part of the note, because it</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">isn't indented.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The identifiers in footnote
references may not contain spaces, tabs, newlines, or the characters
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">^</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">[</text:span>, or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">]</text:span>. These
identifiers are used only to correlate the footnote reference with the
note itself; in the output, footnotes will be numbered
sequentially.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">The footnotes themselves need not
be placed at the end of the document. They may appear anywhere except
inside other block elements (lists, block quotes, tables, etc.). Each
footnote should be separated from surrounding content (including other
footnotes) by blank lines.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-inline_notes" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">inline_notes</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-inline_notes" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Inline footnotes are also
allowed (though, unlike regular notes, they cannot contain multiple
paragraphs). The syntax is as follows:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Here is an inline note.^[Inline notes are easier to write, since</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">you don't have to pick an identifier and move down to type the</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">note.]</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Inline and regular
footnotes may be mixed freely.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="citation-syntax" />Citation
syntax<text:bookmark-end text:name="citation-syntax" /></text:h>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-citations" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">citations</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-citations" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">To cite a bibliographic
item with an identifier foo, use the syntax
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">@foo</text:span>. Normal
citations should be included in square brackets, with semicolons
separating distinct items:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Blah blah [@doe99; @smith2000; @smith2004].</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">How this is rendered
depends on the citation style. In an author-date style, it might render
as</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Blah blah (Doe 1999, Smith 2000, 2004).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">In a footnote style, it
might render as</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Blah blah.[^1]</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[^1]: <text:s text:c="1" />John Doe, &quot;Frogs,&quot; *Journal of Amphibians* 44 (1999);</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Susan Smith, &quot;Flies,&quot; *Journal of Insects* (2000);</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Susan Smith, &quot;Bees,&quot; *Journal of Insects* (2004).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">See the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://citationstyles.org/authors/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">CSL
user documentation</text:span></text:a> for more information about CSL
styles and how they affect rendering.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Unless a citation key starts with
a letter, digit, or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">_</text:span>, and contains
only alphanumerics and single internal punctuation characters
(<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">:.#$%&amp;-+?&lt;&gt;~/</text:span>),
it must be surrounded by curly braces, which are not considered part of
the key. In
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">@Foo_bar.baz.</text:span>,
the key is
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Foo_bar.baz</text:span>
because the final period is not
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">internal</text:span> punctuation,
so it is not included in the key. In
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">@{Foo_bar.baz.}</text:span>,
the key is
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Foo_bar.baz.</text:span>,
including the final period. In
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">@Foo_bar--baz</text:span>,
the key is
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Foo_bar</text:span> because
the repeated internal punctuation characters terminate the key. The
curly braces are recommended if you use URLs as keys:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">[@{https://example.com/bib?name=foobar&amp;date=2000}, p. <text:s text:c="1" />33]</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Citation items may optionally
include a prefix, a locator, and a suffix. In</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Blah blah [see @doe99, pp. 33-35 and *passim*; @smith04, chap. 1].</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">the first item
(<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">doe99</text:span>) has
prefix <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">see</text:span>,
locator
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pp. <text:s text:c="1" />33-35</text:span>,
and suffix
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">and *passim*</text:span>.
The second item
(<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">smith04</text:span>) has
locator <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">chap. 1</text:span>
and no prefix or suffix.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Pandoc uses some heuristics to
separate the locator from the rest of the subject. It is sensitive to
the locator terms defined in the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://github.com/citation-style-language/locales" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">CSL
locale files</text:span></text:a>. Either abbreviated or unabbreviated
forms are accepted. In the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">en-US</text:span> locale,
locator terms can be written in either singular or plural forms, as
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">book</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bk.</text:span>/<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bks.</text:span>;
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">chapter</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">chap.</text:span>/<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">chaps.</text:span>;
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">column</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">col.</text:span>/<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">cols.</text:span>;
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">figure</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fig.</text:span>/<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">figs.</text:span>;
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">folio</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fol.</text:span>/<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fols.</text:span>;
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">number</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">no.</text:span>/<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">nos.</text:span>;
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">line</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">l.</text:span>/<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ll.</text:span>;
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">note</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">n.</text:span>/<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">nn.</text:span>;
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">opus</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">op.</text:span>/<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">opp.</text:span>;
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">page</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">p.</text:span>/<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pp.</text:span>;
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">paragraph</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">para.</text:span>/<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">paras.</text:span>;
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">part</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pt.</text:span>/<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pts.</text:span>;
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">section</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">sec.</text:span>/<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">secs.</text:span>;
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">sub verbo</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">s.v.</text:span>/<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">s.vv.</text:span>;
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">verse</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">v.</text:span>/<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">vv.</text:span>;
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">volume</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">vol.</text:span>/<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">vols.</text:span>;
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">¶</text:span>/<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">¶¶</text:span>;
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">§</text:span>/<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">§§</text:span>.
If no locator term is used, “page” is assumed.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">In complex cases, you can force
something to be treated as a locator by enclosing it in curly braces or
prevent parsing the suffix as locator by prepending curly
braces:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[@smith{ii, A, D-Z}, with a suffix]</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[@smith, {pp. iv, vi-xi, (xv)-(xvii)} with suffix here]</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[@smith{}, 99 years later]</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">A minus sign
(<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-</text:span>) before the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">@</text:span> will suppress
mention of the author in the citation. This can be useful when the
author is already mentioned in the text:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Smith says blah [-@smith04].</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">You can also write an
author-in-text citation, by omitting the square brackets:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">@smith04 says blah.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">@smith04 [p. 33] says blah.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">This will cause the
author’s name to be rendered, followed by the bibliographical details.
Use this form when you want to make the citation the subject of a
sentence.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">When you are using a note style,
it is usually better to let citeproc create the footnotes from citations
rather than writing an explicit note. If you do write an explicit note
that contains a citation, note that normal citations will be put in
parentheses, while author-in-text citations will not. For this reason,
it is sometimes preferable to use the author-in-text style inside notes
when using a note style.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Many CSL styles will format
citations differently when the same source has been cited earlier. In
documents with chapters, it is usually desirable to reset this position
information at the beginning of every chapter. To do this, add the class
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">reset-citation-positions</text:span>
to the heading for each chapter:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"># The Beginning {.reset-citation-positions}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Note that this class only
has an effect when placed on top-level headings; it is ignored in nested
blocks.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="non-default-extensions" />Non-default
extensions<text:bookmark-end text:name="non-default-extensions" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The following Markdown
syntax extensions are not enabled by default in pandoc, but may be
enabled by adding
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">+EXTENSION</text:span> to
the format name, where
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">EXTENSION</text:span> is the
name of the extension. Thus, for example,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown+hard_line_breaks</text:span>
is Markdown with hard line breaks.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-rebase_relative_paths" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">rebase_relative_paths</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-rebase_relative_paths" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Rewrite relative paths for
Markdown links and images, depending on the path of the file containing
the link or image link. For each link or image, pandoc will compute the
directory of the containing file, relative to the working directory, and
prepend the resulting path to the link or image path.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">The use of this extension is best
understood by example. Suppose you have a subdirectory for each chapter
of a book,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">chap1</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">chap2</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">chap3</text:span>. Each
contains a file
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">text.md</text:span> and a
number of images used in the chapter. You would like to have
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">![image](spider.jpg)</text:span>
in <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">chap1/text.md</text:span>
refer to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">chap1/spider.jpg</text:span>
and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">![image](spider.jpg)</text:span>
in <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">chap2/text.md</text:span>
refer to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">chap2/spider.jpg</text:span>.
To do this, use</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc chap*/*.md -f markdown+rebase_relative_paths</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Without this extension, you
would have to use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">![image](chap1/spider.jpg)</text:span>
in <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">chap1/text.md</text:span>
and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">![image](chap2/spider.jpg)</text:span>
in
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">chap2/text.md</text:span>.
Links with relative paths will be rewritten in the same way as
images.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Absolute paths and URLs are not
changed. Neither are empty paths or paths consisting entirely of a
fragment, e.g.,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">#foo</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Note that relative paths in
reference links and images will be rewritten relative to the file
containing the link reference definition, not the file containing the
reference link or image itself, if these differ.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-mark" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mark</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-mark" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">To highlight out a section
of text, begin and end it with with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">==</text:span>. Thus, for
example,</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">This ==is deleted text.==</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-attributes" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">attributes</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-attributes" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Allows attributes to be
attached to any inline or block-level element when parsing
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">commonmark</text:span>. The
syntax for the attributes is the same as that used in
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-header_attributes" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">header_attributes</text:span></text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
<text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Attributes that
    occur immediately after an inline element affect that element. If
    they follow a space, then they belong to the space. (Hence, this
    option subsumes
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">inline_code_attributes</text:span>
    and
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">link_attributes</text:span>.)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Attributes that
    occur immediately before a block element, on a line by themselves,
    affect that element.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Consecutive
    attribute specifiers may be used, either for blocks or for inlines.
    Their attributes will be combined.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Attributes that
    occur at the end of the text of a Setext or ATX heading (separated
    by whitespace from the text) affect the heading element. (Hence,
    this option subsumes
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">header_attributes</text:span>.)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Attributes that
    occur after the opening fence in a fenced code block affect the code
    block element. (Hence, this option subsumes
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fenced_code_attributes</text:span>.)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">Attributes that
    occur at the end of a reference link definition affect links that
    refer to that definition.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Note that pandoc’s AST does
not currently allow attributes to be attached to arbitrary elements.
Hence a Span or Div container will be added if needed.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-old_dashes" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">old_dashes</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-old_dashes" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Selects the pandoc &lt;=
1.8.2.1 behavior for parsing smart dashes:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-</text:span> before a
numeral is an en-dash, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--</text:span> is an
em-dash. This option only has an effect if
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">smart</text:span> is
enabled. It is selected automatically for
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">textile</text:span>
input.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-angle_brackets_escapable" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">angle_brackets_escapable</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-angle_brackets_escapable" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Allow
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&gt;</text:span> to be
backslash-escaped, as they can be in GitHub flavored Markdown but not
original Markdown. This is implied by pandoc’s default
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">all_symbols_escapable</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-lists_without_preceding_blankline" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lists_without_preceding_blankline</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-lists_without_preceding_blankline" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Allow a list to occur right
after a paragraph, with no intervening blank space.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-four_space_rule" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">four_space_rule</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-four_space_rule" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Selects the pandoc &lt;=
2.0 behavior for parsing lists, so that four spaces indent are needed
for list item continuation paragraphs.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-spaced_reference_links" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">spaced_reference_links</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-spaced_reference_links" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Allow whitespace between
the two components of a reference link, for example,</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[foo] [bar].</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-hard_line_breaks" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">hard_line_breaks</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-hard_line_breaks" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Causes all newlines within
a paragraph to be interpreted as hard line breaks instead of
spaces.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-ignore_line_breaks" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ignore_line_breaks</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-ignore_line_breaks" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Causes newlines within a
paragraph to be ignored, rather than being treated as spaces or as hard
line breaks. This option is intended for use with East Asian languages
where spaces are not used between words, but text is divided into lines
for readability.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-east_asian_line_breaks" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">east_asian_line_breaks</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-east_asian_line_breaks" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Causes newlines within a
paragraph to be ignored, rather than being treated as spaces or as hard
line breaks, when they occur between two East Asian wide characters.
This is a better choice than
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ignore_line_breaks</text:span>
for texts that include a mix of East Asian wide characters and other
characters.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-emoji" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">emoji</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-emoji" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Parses textual emojis like
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">:smile:</text:span> as
Unicode emoticons.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-tex_math_gfm" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">tex_math_gfm</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-tex_math_gfm" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Supports two
GitHub-specific formats for math. Inline math:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$`e=mc^2`$</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Display math:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">``` math</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">e=mc^2</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">```</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-tex_math_single_backslash" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">tex_math_single_backslash</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-tex_math_single_backslash" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Causes anything between
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\(</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\)</text:span> to be
interpreted as inline TeX math, and anything between
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\[</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\]</text:span> to be
interpreted as display TeX math. Note: a drawback of this extension is
that it precludes escaping
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">(</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">[</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-tex_math_double_backslash" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">tex_math_double_backslash</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-tex_math_double_backslash" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Causes anything between
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\\(</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\\)</text:span> to be
interpreted as inline TeX math, and anything between
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\\[</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\\]</text:span> to be
interpreted as display TeX math.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-markdown_attribute" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown_attribute</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-markdown_attribute" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">By default, pandoc
interprets material inside block-level tags as Markdown. This extension
changes the behavior so that Markdown is only parsed inside block-level
tags if the tags have the attribute
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown=1</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-mmd_title_block" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mmd_title_block</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-mmd_title_block" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Enables a
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://fletcherpenney.net/multimarkdown/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">MultiMarkdown</text:span></text:a>
style title block at the top of the document, for example:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Title: <text:s text:c="2" />My title</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Author: <text:s text:c="1" />John Doe</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Date: <text:s text:c="3" />September 1, 2008</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Comment: This is a sample mmd title block, with</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="9" />a field spanning multiple lines.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">See the MultiMarkdown
documentation for details. If
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc_title_block</text:span>
or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">yaml_metadata_block</text:span>
is enabled, it will take precedence over
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mmd_title_block</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-abbreviations" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">abbreviations</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-abbreviations" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Parses PHP Markdown Extra
abbreviation keys, like</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">*[HTML]: Hypertext Markup Language</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Note that the pandoc
document model does not support abbreviations, so if this extension is
enabled, abbreviation keys are simply skipped (as opposed to being
parsed as paragraphs).</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-alerts" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">alerts</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-alerts" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Supports
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://docs.github.com/en/get-started/writing-on-github/getting-started-with-writing-and-formatting-on-github/basic-writing-and-formatting-syntax#alerts" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">GitHub-style
Markdown alerts</text:span></text:a>, like</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&gt; [!TIP]</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&gt; Helpful advice for doing things better or more easily.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-autolink_bare_uris" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">autolink_bare_uris</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-autolink_bare_uris" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Makes all absolute URIs
into links, even when not surrounded by pointy braces
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;...&gt;</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-mmd_link_attributes" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mmd_link_attributes</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-mmd_link_attributes" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Parses MultiMarkdown-style
key-value attributes on link and image references. This extension should
not be confused with the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-link_attributes" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">link_attributes</text:span></text:span></text:a>
extension.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">This is a reference ![image][ref] with MultiMarkdown attributes.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[ref]: https://path.to/image &quot;Image title&quot; width=20px height=30px</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="7" />id=myId class=&quot;myClass1 myClass2&quot;</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-mmd_header_identifiers" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">mmd_header_identifiers</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-mmd_header_identifiers" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Parses MultiMarkdown-style
heading identifiers (in square brackets, after the heading but before
any trailing <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">#</text:span>s
in an ATX heading).</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-gutenberg" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">gutenberg</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-gutenberg" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Use
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.gutenberg.org" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Project
Gutenberg</text:span></text:a> conventions for
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">plain</text:span> output:
all-caps for strong emphasis, surround by underscores for regular
emphasis, add extra blank space around headings.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-sourcepos" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">sourcepos</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-sourcepos" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Include source position
attributes when parsing
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">commonmark</text:span>. For
elements that accept attributes, a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">data-pos</text:span>
attribute is added; other elements are placed in a surrounding Div or
Span element with a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">data-pos</text:span>
attribute.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-short_subsuperscripts" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">short_subsuperscripts</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-short_subsuperscripts" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Parse MultiMarkdown-style
subscripts and superscripts, which start with a ‘~’ or ‘^’ character,
respectively, and include the alphanumeric sequence that follows. For
example:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">x^2 = 4</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">or</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Oxygen is O~2.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="extension-wikilinks_title_after_pipe" />Extension:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">wikilinks_title_after_pipe</text:span><text:bookmark-end text:name="extension-wikilinks_title_after_pipe" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Pandoc supports multiple
Markdown wikilink syntaxes, regardless of whether the title is before or
after the pipe.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Using
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--from=markdown+wikilinks_title_after_pipe</text:span>
results in</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[[URL|title]]</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">while using
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--from=markdown+wikilinks_title_before_pipe</text:span>
results in</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[[title|URL]]</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="markdown-variants" />Markdown
variants<text:bookmark-end text:name="markdown-variants" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">In addition to pandoc’s
extended Markdown, the following Markdown variants are
supported:</text:p>
<text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown_phpextra</text:span>
    (PHP Markdown Extra)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown_github</text:span>
    (deprecated GitHub-Flavored Markdown)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown_mmd</text:span>
    (MultiMarkdown)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown_strict</text:span>
    (Markdown.pl)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">commonmark</text:span>
    (CommonMark)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">gfm</text:span>
    (Github-Flavored Markdown)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">commonmark_x</text:span>
    (CommonMark with many pandoc extensions)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">To see which extensions are
supported for a given format, and which are enabled by default, you can
use the command</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc --list-extensions=FORMAT</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">where
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">FORMAT</text:span> is
replaced with the name of the format.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Note that the list of extensions
for <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">commonmark</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">gfm</text:span>, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">commonmark_x</text:span> are
defined relative to default commonmark. So, for example,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">backtick_code_blocks</text:span>
does not appear as an extension, since it is enabled by default and
cannot be disabled.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_1" text:outline-level="1"><text:bookmark-start text:name="citations" />Citations<text:bookmark-end text:name="citations" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">When the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--citeproc</text:span>
option is used, pandoc can automatically generate citations and a
bibliography in a number of styles. Basic usage is</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc --citeproc myinput.txt</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">To use this feature, you
will need to have</text:p>
<text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">a document
    containing citations (see
    <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#citation-syntax" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Citation
    syntax</text:span></text:a>);</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">a source of
    bibliographic data: either an external bibliography file or a list
    of
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">references</text:span>
    in the document’s YAML metadata;</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight">optionally, a
    <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://docs.citationstyles.org/en/stable/specification.html" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">CSL</text:span></text:a>
    citation style.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="specifying-bibliographic-data" />Specifying
bibliographic
data<text:bookmark-end text:name="specifying-bibliographic-data" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">You can specify an external
bibliography using the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bibliography</text:span>
metadata field in a YAML metadata section or the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--bibliography</text:span>
command line argument. If you want to use multiple bibliography files,
you can supply multiple
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--bibliography</text:span>
arguments or set
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bibliography</text:span>
metadata field to YAML array. A bibliography may have any of these
formats:</text:p>
<table:table table:name="Table11" table:style-name="Table11">
  <table:table-column table:style-name="Table11.A" />
  <table:table-column table:style-name="Table11.B" />
  <table:table-header-rows>
    <table:table-row>
      <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableHeaderRowCell" office:value-type="string">
        <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Heading">Format</text:p>
      </table:table-cell>
      <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableHeaderRowCell" office:value-type="string">
        <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Heading">File
        extension</text:p>
      </table:table-cell>
    </table:table-row>
  </table:table-header-rows>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">BibLaTeX</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">.bib</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">BibTeX</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">.bibtex</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">CSL JSON</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">.json</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">CSL YAML</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">.yaml</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">RIS</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">.ris</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
</table:table>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Note that
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">.bib</text:span> can be used
with both BibTeX and BibLaTeX files; use the extension
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">.bibtex</text:span> to force
interpretation as BibTeX.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">In BibTeX and BibLaTeX databases,
pandoc parses LaTeX markup inside fields such as
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">title</text:span>; in CSL
YAML databases, pandoc Markdown; and in CSL JSON databases, an
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://citeproc-js.readthedocs.io/en/latest/csl-json/markup.html#html-like-formatting-tags" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">HTML-like
markup</text:span></text:a>:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;i&gt;...&lt;/i&gt;</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">italics</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;b&gt;...&lt;/b&gt;</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">bold</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;span style=&quot;font-variant:small-caps;&quot;&gt;...&lt;/span&gt;</text:span>
or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;sc&gt;...&lt;/sc&gt;</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">small
capitals</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;sub&gt;...&lt;/sub&gt;</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">subscript</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;sup&gt;...&lt;/sup&gt;</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">superscript</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;span class=&quot;nocase&quot;&gt;...&lt;/span&gt;</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">prevent a
phrase from being capitalized as title case</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">As an alternative to
specifying a bibliography file using
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--bibliography</text:span>
or the YAML metadata field
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bibliography</text:span>,
you can include the citation data directly in the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">references</text:span> field
of the document’s YAML metadata. The field should contain an array of
YAML-encoded references, for example:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">references:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- type: article-journal</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />id: WatsonCrick1953</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />author:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />- family: Watson</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />given: J. D.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />- family: Crick</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />given: F. H. C.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />issued:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />date-parts:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />- - 1953</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="6" />- 4</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="6" />- 25</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />title: 'Molecular structure of nucleic acids: a structure for</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />deoxyribose nucleic acid'</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />title-short: Molecular structure of nucleic acids</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />container-title: Nature</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />volume: 171</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />issue: 4356</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />page: 737-738</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />DOI: 10.1038/171737a0</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />URL: https://www.nature.com/articles/171737a0</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />language: en-GB</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">...</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If both an external
bibliography and inline (YAML metadata) references are provided, both
will be used. In case of conflicting
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">id</text:span>s, the inline
references will take precedence.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Note that pandoc can be used to
produce such a YAML metadata section from a BibTeX, BibLaTeX, or CSL
JSON bibliography:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc chem.bib -s -f biblatex -t markdown</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc chem.json -s -f csljson -t markdown</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Indeed, pandoc can convert
between any of these citation formats:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc chem.bib -s -f biblatex -t csljson</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc chem.yaml -s -f markdown -t biblatex</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Running pandoc on a
bibliography file with the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--citeproc</text:span>
option will create a formatted bibliography in the format of your
choice:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc chem.bib -s --citeproc -o chem.html</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc chem.bib -s --citeproc -o chem.pdf</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="capitalization-in-titles" />Capitalization
in
titles<text:bookmark-end text:name="capitalization-in-titles" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If you are using a bibtex
or biblatex bibliography, then observe the following rules:</text:p>
<text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">English titles should be in
    title case. Non-English titles should be in sentence case, and the
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">langid</text:span> field
    in biblatex should be set to the relevant language. (The following
    values are treated as English:
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">american</text:span>,
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">british</text:span>,
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">canadian</text:span>,
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">english</text:span>,
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">australian</text:span>,
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">newzealand</text:span>,
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">USenglish</text:span>,
    or
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">UKenglish</text:span>.)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">As is standard with
    bibtex/biblatex, proper names should be protected with curly braces
    so that they won’t be lowercased in styles that call for sentence
    case. For example:</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">title = {My Dinner with {Andre}}</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">In addition, words that
    should remain lowercase (or camelCase) should be
    protected:</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">title = {Spin Wave Dispersion on the {nm} Scale}</text:p><text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">Though
    this is not necessary in bibtex/biblatex, it is necessary with
    citeproc, which stores titles internally in sentence case, and
    converts to title case in styles that require it. Here we protect
    “nm” so that it doesn’t get converted to “Nm” at this
    stage.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If you are using a CSL
bibliography (either JSON or YAML), then observe the following
rules:</text:p>
<text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">All titles should be in
    sentence case.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">Use the
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">language</text:span>
    field for non-English titles to prevent their conversion to title
    case in styles that call for this. (Conversion happens only if
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">language</text:span>
    begins with
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">en</text:span> or is
    left empty.)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">Protect words that should
    not be converted to title case using this syntax:</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Spin wave dispersion on the &lt;span class=&quot;nocase&quot;&gt;nm&lt;/span&gt; scale</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="conference-papers-published-vs.-unpublished" />Conference
Papers, Published
vs. Unpublished<text:bookmark-end text:name="conference-papers-published-vs.-unpublished" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">For a formally published
conference paper, use the biblatex entry type
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">inproceedings</text:span>
(which will be mapped to CSL
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">paper-conference</text:span>).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">For an unpublished manuscript,
use the biblatex entry type
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">unpublished</text:span>
without an
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">eventtitle</text:span> field
(this entry type will be mapped to CSL
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">manuscript</text:span>).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">For a talk, an unpublished
conference paper, or a poster presentation, use the biblatex entry type
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">unpublished</text:span> with
an <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">eventtitle</text:span>
field (this entry type will be mapped to CSL
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">speech</text:span>). Use the
biblatex <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">type</text:span>
field to indicate the type, e.g. “Paper”, or “Poster”.
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">venue</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">eventdate</text:span> may be
useful too, though
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">eventdate</text:span> will
not be rendered by most CSL styles. Note that
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">venue</text:span> is for the
event’s venue, unlike
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">location</text:span> which
describes the publisher’s location; do not use the latter for an
unpublished conference paper.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="specifying-a-citation-style" />Specifying
a citation
style<text:bookmark-end text:name="specifying-a-citation-style" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Citations and references
can be formatted using any style supported by the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://citationstyles.org" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Citation
Style Language</text:span></text:a>, listed in the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.zotero.org/styles" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Zotero
Style Repository</text:span></text:a>. These files are specified using
the <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--csl</text:span> option
or the <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">csl</text:span> (or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">citation-style</text:span>)
metadata field. By default, pandoc will use the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://chicagomanualofstyle.org" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Chicago
Manual of Style</text:span></text:a> author-date format. (You can
override this default by copying a CSL style of your choice to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">default.csl</text:span> in
your user data directory.) The CSL project provides further information
on
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://citationstyles.org/authors/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">finding
and editing styles</text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">The
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--citation-abbreviations</text:span>
option (or the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">citation-abbreviations</text:span>
metadata field) may be used to specify a JSON file containing
abbreviations of journals that should be used in formatted
bibliographies when
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">form=&quot;short&quot;</text:span>
is specified. The format of the file can be illustrated with an
example:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">{ &quot;default&quot;: {</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />&quot;container-title&quot;: {</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="12" />&quot;Lloyd's Law Reports&quot;: &quot;Lloyd's Rep&quot;,</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="12" />&quot;Estates Gazette&quot;: &quot;EG&quot;,</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="12" />&quot;Scots Law Times&quot;: &quot;SLT&quot;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">}</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="citations-in-note-styles" />Citations
in note
styles<text:bookmark-end text:name="citations-in-note-styles" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Pandoc’s citation
processing is designed to allow you to move between author-date,
numerical, and note styles without modifying the Markdown source. When
you’re using a note style, avoid inserting footnotes manually. Instead,
insert citations just as you would in an author-date style—for
example,</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Blah blah [@foo, p. 33].</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The footnote will be
created automatically. Pandoc will take care of removing the space and
moving the note before or after the period, depending on the setting of
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">notes-after-punctuation</text:span>,
as described below in
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#other-relevant-metadata-fields" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Other
relevant metadata fields</text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">In some cases you may need to put
a citation inside a regular footnote. Normal citations in footnotes
(such as
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">[@foo, p. 33]</text:span>)
will be rendered in parentheses. In-text citations (such as
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">@foo [p. 33]</text:span>)
will be rendered without parentheses. (A comma will be added if
appropriate.) Thus:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[^1]: <text:s text:c="1" />Some studies [@foo; @bar, p. 33] show that</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">frubulicious zoosnaps are quantical. <text:s text:c="1" />For a survey</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">of the literature, see @baz [chap. 1].</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="placement-of-the-bibliography" />Placement
of the
bibliography<text:bookmark-end text:name="placement-of-the-bibliography" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If the style calls for a
list of works cited, it will be placed in a div with id
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">refs</text:span>, if one
exists:<text:note text:id="ftn3" text:note-class="footnote"><text:note-citation>4</text:note-citation><text:note-body><text:p text:style-name="Footnote">Note
that if
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--file-scope</text:span> is
used, a div written this way will be given an identifier of the form
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">FILE__refs</text:span>, to
avoid duplicate identifiers (see
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--file-scope</text:span>).
In view of this possibility, pandoc will place the bibliography in any
div whose identifier is
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">refs</text:span>
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">or</text:span> ends with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">__refs</text:span>.</text:p></text:note-body></text:note></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">::: {#refs}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">:::</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Otherwise, it will be
placed at the end of the document. Generation of the bibliography can be
suppressed by setting
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">suppress-bibliography: true</text:span>
in the YAML metadata.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">If you wish the bibliography to
have a section heading, you can set
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">reference-section-title</text:span>
in the metadata, or put the heading at the beginning of the div with id
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">refs</text:span> (if you are
using it) or at the end of your document:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">last paragraph...</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"># References</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The bibliography will be
inserted after this heading. Note that the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">unnumbered</text:span> class
will be added to this heading, so that the section will not be
numbered.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">If you want to put the
bibliography into a variable in your template, one way to do that is to
put the div with id
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">refs</text:span> into a
metadata field, e.g.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">refs: |</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="3" />::: {#refs}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="3" />:::</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">...</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">You can then put the
variable <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$refs$</text:span>
into your template where you want the bibliography to be
placed.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="including-uncited-items-in-the-bibliography" />Including
uncited items in the
bibliography<text:bookmark-end text:name="including-uncited-items-in-the-bibliography" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If you want to include
items in the bibliography without actually citing them in the body text,
you can define a dummy
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">nocite</text:span> metadata
field and put the citations there:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">nocite: |</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />@item1, @item2</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">...</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">@item3</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">In this example, the
document will contain a citation for
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">item3</text:span> only, but
the bibliography will contain entries for
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">item1</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">item2</text:span>, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">item3</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">It is possible to create a
bibliography with all the citations, whether or not they appear in the
document, by using a wildcard:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">nocite: |</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />@*</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">...</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">For LaTeX output, you can
also use
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/natbib" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">natbib</text:span></text:span></text:a>
or
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">biblatex</text:span></text:span></text:a>
to render the bibliography. In order to do so, specify bibliography
files as outlined above, and add
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--natbib</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--biblatex</text:span>
argument to pandoc invocation. Bear in mind that bibliography files have
to be in either BibTeX (for
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--natbib</text:span>) or
BibLaTeX (for
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--biblatex</text:span>)
format.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="other-relevant-metadata-fields" />Other
relevant metadata
fields<text:bookmark-end text:name="other-relevant-metadata-fields" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">A few other metadata fields
affect bibliography formatting:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">link-citations</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">If true,
citations will be hyperlinked to the corresponding bibliography entries
(for author-date and numerical styles only). Defaults to false.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">link-bibliography</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">If true,
DOIs, PMCIDs, PMID, and URLs in bibliographies will be rendered as
hyperlinks. (If an entry contains a DOI, PMCID, PMID, or URL, but none
of these fields are rendered by the style, then the title, or in the
absence of a title the whole entry, will be hyperlinked.) Defaults to
true.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lang</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">The
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lang</text:span> field will
affect how the style is localized, for example in the translation of
labels, the use of quotation marks, and the way items are sorted. (For
backwards compatibility,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">locale</text:span> may be
used instead of
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lang</text:span>, but this
use is
deprecated.)</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">A
BCP 47 language tag is expected: for example,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">en</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">de</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">en-US</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fr-CA</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ug-Cyrl</text:span>. The
unicode extension syntax (after
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-u-</text:span>) may be used
to specify options for collation (sorting) more precisely. Here are some
examples:</text:p><text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">zh-u-co-pinyin</text:span>:
    Chinese with the Pinyin collation.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">es-u-co-trad</text:span>:
    Spanish with the traditional collation (with
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Ch</text:span> sorting
    after
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">C</text:span>).</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fr-u-kb</text:span>:
    French with “backwards” accent sorting (with
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">coté</text:span> sorting
    after
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">côte</text:span>).</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">en-US-u-kf-upper</text:span>:
    English with uppercase letters sorting before lower (default is
    lower before upper).</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">notes-after-punctuation</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">If true (the
default for note styles), pandoc will put footnote references or
superscripted numerical citations after following punctuation. For
example, if the source contains
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">blah blah [@jones99].</text:span>,
the result will look like
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">blah blah.[^1]</text:span>,
with the note moved after the period and the space collapsed. If false,
the space will still be collapsed, but the footnote will not be moved
after the punctuation. The option may also be used in numerical styles
that use superscripts for citation numbers (but for these styles the
default is not to move the citation).</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_1" text:outline-level="1"><text:bookmark-start text:name="slide-shows" />Slide
shows<text:bookmark-end text:name="slide-shows" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">You can use pandoc to
produce an HTML + JavaScript slide presentation that can be viewed via a
web browser. There are five ways to do this, using
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://meyerweb.com/eric/tools/s5/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">S5</text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://paulrouget.com/dzslides/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">DZSlides</text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.w3.org/Talks/Tools/Slidy2/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Slidy</text:span></text:a>,
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://goessner.net/articles/slideous/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Slideous</text:span></text:a>,
or
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://revealjs.com/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">reveal.js</text:span></text:a>.
You can also produce a PDF slide show using LaTeX
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">beamer</text:span></text:span></text:a>,
or slide shows in Microsoft
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Microsoft_PowerPoint" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">PowerPoint</text:span></text:a>
format.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Here’s the Markdown source for a
simple slide show,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">habits.txt</text:span>:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">% Habits</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">% John Doe</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">% March 22, 2005</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"># In the morning</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">## Getting up</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- Turn off alarm</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- Get out of bed</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">## Breakfast</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- Eat eggs</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- Drink coffee</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"># In the evening</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">## Dinner</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- Eat spaghetti</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- Drink wine</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">------------------</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">![picture of spaghetti](images/spaghetti.jpg)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">## Going to sleep</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- Get in bed</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- Count sheep</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">To produce an
HTML/JavaScript slide show, simply type</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc -t FORMAT -s habits.txt -o habits.html</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">where
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">FORMAT</text:span> is either
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">s5</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">slidy</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">slideous</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">dzslides</text:span>, or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">revealjs</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">For Slidy, Slideous, reveal.js,
and S5, the file produced by pandoc with the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-s/--standalone</text:span>
option embeds a link to JavaScript and CSS files, which are assumed to
be available at the relative path
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">s5/default</text:span> (for
S5), <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">slideous</text:span>
(for Slideous),
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">reveal.js</text:span> (for
reveal.js), or at the Slidy website at
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">w3.org</text:span> (for
Slidy). (These paths can be changed by setting the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">slidy-url</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">slideous-url</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">revealjs-url</text:span>, or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">s5-url</text:span>
variables; see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#variables-for-html-slides" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Variables
for HTML slides</text:span></text:a>, above.) For DZSlides, the
(relatively short) JavaScript and CSS are included in the file by
default.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">With all HTML slide formats, the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--self-contained</text:span>
option can be used to produce a single file that contains all of the
data necessary to display the slide show, including linked scripts,
stylesheets, images, and videos.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">To produce a PDF slide show using
beamer, type</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc -t beamer habits.txt -o habits.pdf</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Note that a reveal.js slide
show can also be converted to a PDF by printing it to a file from the
browser.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">To produce a PowerPoint slide
show, type</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc habits.txt -o habits.pptx</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="structuring-the-slide-show" />Structuring
the slide
show<text:bookmark-end text:name="structuring-the-slide-show" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">By default, the
<text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">slide level</text:span> is the
highest heading level in the hierarchy that is followed immediately by
content, and not another heading, somewhere in the document. In the
example above, level-1 headings are always followed by level-2 headings,
which are followed by content, so the slide level is 2. This default can
be overridden using the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--slide-level</text:span>
option.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">The document is carved up into
slides according to the following rules:</text:p>
<text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">A horizontal rule always
    starts a new slide.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">A heading at the slide
    level always starts a new slide.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">Headings
    <text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">below</text:span> the slide
    level in the hierarchy create headings
    <text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">within</text:span> a slide.
    (In beamer, a “block” will be created. If the heading has the class
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">example</text:span>, an
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">exampleblock</text:span>
    environment will be used; if it has the class
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">alert</text:span>, an
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">alertblock</text:span>
    will be used; otherwise a regular
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">block</text:span> will
    be used.)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">Headings
    <text:span text:style-name="Emphasis">above</text:span> the slide
    level in the hierarchy create “title slides,” which just contain the
    section title and help to break the slide show into sections.
    Non-slide content under these headings will be included on the title
    slide (for HTML slide shows) or in a subsequent slide with the same
    title (for beamer).</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">A title page is constructed
    automatically from the document’s title block, if present. (In the
    case of beamer, this can be disabled by commenting out some lines in
    the default template.)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">These rules are designed to
support many different styles of slide show. If you don’t care about
structuring your slides into sections and subsections, you can either
just use level-1 headings for all slides (in that case, level 1 will be
the slide level) or you can set
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--slide-level=0</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Note: in reveal.js slide shows,
if slide level is 2, a two-dimensional layout will be produced, with
level-1 headings building horizontally and level-2 headings building
vertically. It is not recommended that you use deeper nesting of section
levels with reveal.js unless you set
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--slide-level=0</text:span>
(which lets reveal.js produce a one-dimensional layout and only
interprets horizontal rules as slide boundaries).</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="powerpoint-layout-choice" />PowerPoint
layout
choice<text:bookmark-end text:name="powerpoint-layout-choice" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">When creating slides, the
pptx writer chooses from a number of pre-defined layouts, based on the
content of the slide:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">Title
Slide</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">This layout
is used for the initial slide, which is generated and filled from the
metadata fields
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">date</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">author</text:span>, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">title</text:span>, if they
are present.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">Section
Header</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">This layout
is used for what pandoc calls “title slides”, i.e. slides which start
with a header which is above the slide level in the hierarchy.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">Two
Content</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">This layout
is used for two-column slides, i.e. slides containing a div with class
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">columns</text:span> which
contains at least two divs with class
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">column</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">Comparison</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">This layout
is used instead of “Two Content” for any two-column slides in which at
least one column contains text followed by non-text (e.g. an image or a
table).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">Content with
Caption</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">This layout
is used for any non-two-column slides which contain text followed by
non-text (e.g. an image or a table).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">Blank</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">This layout
is used for any slides which only contain blank content, e.g. a slide
containing only speaker notes, or a slide containing only a non-breaking
space.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight">Title and
Content</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">This layout
is used for all slides which do not match the criteria for another
layout.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">These layouts are chosen
from the default pptx reference doc included with pandoc, unless an
alternative reference doc is specified using
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--reference-doc</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="incremental-lists" />Incremental
lists<text:bookmark-end text:name="incremental-lists" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">By default, these writers
produce lists that display “all at once.” If you want your lists to
display incrementally (one item at a time), use the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-i</text:span> option. If
you want a particular list to depart from the default, put it in a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">div</text:span> block with
class
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">incremental</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">nonincremental</text:span>.
So, for example, using the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fenced div</text:span>
syntax, the following would be incremental regardless of the document
default:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">::: incremental</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- Eat spaghetti</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- Drink wine</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">:::</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">or</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">::: nonincremental</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- Eat spaghetti</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- Drink wine</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">:::</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">While using
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">incremental</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">nonincremental</text:span>
divs is the recommended method of setting incremental lists on a
per-case basis, an older method is also supported: putting lists inside
a blockquote will depart from the document default (that is, it will
display incrementally without the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-i</text:span> option and
all at once with the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-i</text:span>
option):</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&gt; - Eat spaghetti</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&gt; - Drink wine</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Both methods allow
incremental and nonincremental lists to be mixed in a single
document.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">If you want to include a
block-quoted list, you can work around this behavior by putting the list
inside a fenced div, so that it is not the direct child of the block
quote:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&gt; ::: wrapper</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&gt; - a</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&gt; - list in a quote</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&gt; :::</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="inserting-pauses" />Inserting
pauses<text:bookmark-end text:name="inserting-pauses" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">You can add “pauses” within
a slide by including a paragraph containing three dots, separated by
spaces:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"># Slide with a pause</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">content before the pause</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">. . .</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">content after the pause</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Note: this feature is not
yet implemented for PowerPoint output.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="styling-the-slides" />Styling
the slides<text:bookmark-end text:name="styling-the-slides" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">You can change the style of
HTML slides by putting customized CSS files in
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$DATADIR/s5/default</text:span>
(for S5),
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$DATADIR/slidy</text:span>
(for Slidy), or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$DATADIR/slideous</text:span>
(for Slideous), where
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$DATADIR</text:span> is the
user data directory (see
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--data-dir</text:span>,
above). The originals may be found in pandoc’s system data directory
(generally
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">$CABALDIR/pandoc-VERSION/s5/default</text:span>).
Pandoc will look there for any files it does not find in the user data
directory.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">For dzslides, the CSS is included
in the HTML file itself, and may be modified there.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">All
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://revealjs.com/config/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">reveal.js
configuration options</text:span></text:a> can be set through variables.
For example, themes can be used by setting the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">theme</text:span>
variable:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">-V theme=moon</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Or you can specify a custom
stylesheet using the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--css</text:span>
option.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">To style beamer slides, you can
specify a <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">theme</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">colortheme</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fonttheme</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">innertheme</text:span>, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">outertheme</text:span>,
using the <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-V</text:span>
option:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc -t beamer habits.txt -V theme:Warsaw -o habits.pdf</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Note that heading
attributes will turn into slide attributes (on a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;div&gt;</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;section&gt;</text:span>)
in HTML slide formats, allowing you to style individual slides. In
beamer, a number of heading classes and attributes are recognized as
frame options and will be passed through as options to the frame: see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#frame-attributes-in-beamer" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Frame
attributes in beamer</text:span></text:a>, below.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="speaker-notes" />Speaker
notes<text:bookmark-end text:name="speaker-notes" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Speaker notes are supported
in reveal.js, PowerPoint (pptx), and beamer output. You can add notes to
your Markdown document thus:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">::: notes</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">This is my note.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- It can contain Markdown</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- like this list</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">:::</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">To show the notes window in
reveal.js, press
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">s</text:span> while viewing
the presentation. Speaker notes in PowerPoint will be available, as
usual, in handouts and presenter view.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Notes are not yet supported for
other slide formats, but the notes will not appear on the slides
themselves.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="speaker-notes-on-the-title-slide-powerpoint" />Speaker
notes on the title slide
(PowerPoint)<text:bookmark-end text:name="speaker-notes-on-the-title-slide-powerpoint" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">For PowerPoint output, the
title slide is generated from the document’s YAML metadata block. To add
speaker notes to this slide, use a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">notes</text:span> field in
the metadata:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">title: My Presentation</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">author: Jane Doe</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">notes: |</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />Welcome everyone to this presentation.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />Remember to introduce yourself and mention the key topics.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">notes</text:span> field can
contain multiple paragraphs and Markdown formatting.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="columns" />Columns<text:bookmark-end text:name="columns" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">To put material in side by
side columns, you can use a native div container with class
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">columns</text:span>,
containing two or more div containers with class
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">column</text:span> and a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">width</text:span>
attribute:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">:::::::::::::: {.columns}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">::: {.column width=&quot;40%&quot;}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">contents...</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">:::</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">::: {.column width=&quot;60%&quot;}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">contents...</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">:::</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">::::::::::::::</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Note: Specifying column
widths does not currently work for PowerPoint.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="additional-columns-attributes-in-beamer" />Additional
columns attributes in
beamer<text:bookmark-end text:name="additional-columns-attributes-in-beamer" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The div containers with
classes <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">columns</text:span>
and <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">column</text:span> can
optionally have an
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">align</text:span> attribute.
The class
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">columns</text:span> can
optionally have a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">totalwidth</text:span>
attribute or an
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">onlytextwidth</text:span>
class.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">:::::::::::::: {.columns align=center totalwidth=8em}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">::: {.column width=&quot;40%&quot;}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">contents...</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">:::</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">::: {.column width=&quot;60%&quot; align=bottom}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">contents...</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">:::</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">::::::::::::::</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">align</text:span> attributes
on <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">columns</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">column</text:span> can be
used with the values
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">top</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">top-baseline</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">center</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bottom</text:span> to
vertically align the columns. It defaults to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">top</text:span> in
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">columns</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">The
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">totalwidth</text:span>
attribute limits the width of the columns to the given value.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">:::::::::::::: {.columns align=top .onlytextwidth}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">::: {.column width=&quot;40%&quot; align=center}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">contents...</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">:::</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">::: {.column width=&quot;60%&quot;}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">contents...</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">:::</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">::::::::::::::</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The class
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">onlytextwidth</text:span>
sets the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">totalwidth</text:span> to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\textwidth</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">See Section 12.7 of the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Beamer
User’s Guide</text:span></text:a> for more details.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="frame-attributes-in-beamer" />Frame
attributes in
beamer<text:bookmark-end text:name="frame-attributes-in-beamer" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Sometimes it is necessary
to add the LaTeX
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">[fragile]</text:span> option
to a frame in beamer (for example, when using the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">minted</text:span>
environment). This can be forced by adding the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fragile</text:span> class to
the heading introducing the slide:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"># Fragile slide {.fragile}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">All of the other frame
attributes described in Section 8.1 of the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/beamer/doc/beameruserguide.pdf" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Beamer
User’s Guide</text:span></text:a> may also be used:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">allowdisplaybreaks</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">allowframebreaks</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">b</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">c</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">s</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">t</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">environment</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">label</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">plain</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">shrink</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">standout</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">noframenumbering</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">squeeze</text:span>.
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">allowframebreaks</text:span>
is recommended especially for bibliographies, as it allows multiple
slides to be created if the content overfills the frame:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"># References {.allowframebreaks}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">In addition, the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">frameoptions</text:span>
attribute may be used to pass arbitrary frame options to a beamer
slide:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"># Heading {frameoptions=&quot;squeeze,shrink,customoption=foobar&quot;}</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="background-in-reveal.js-beamer-and-pptx" />Background
in reveal.js, beamer, and
pptx<text:bookmark-end text:name="background-in-reveal.js-beamer-and-pptx" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Background images can be
added to self-contained reveal.js slide shows, beamer slide shows, and
pptx slide shows.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="on-all-slides-beamer-reveal.js-pptx" />On
all slides (beamer, reveal.js,
pptx)<text:bookmark-end text:name="on-all-slides-beamer-reveal.js-pptx" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">With beamer and reveal.js,
the configuration option
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">background-image</text:span>
can be used either in the YAML metadata block or as a command-line
variable to get the same image on every slide.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Note that for reveal.js, the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">background-image</text:span>
will be used as a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">parallaxBackgroundImage</text:span>
(see below).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">For pptx, you can use a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--reference-doc</text:span>
in which background images have been set on the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#powerpoint-layout-choice" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">relevant
layouts</text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_4" text:outline-level="4"><text:bookmark-start text:name="parallaxbackgroundimage-reveal.js" /><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">parallaxBackgroundImage</text:span>
(reveal.js)<text:bookmark-end text:name="parallaxbackgroundimage-reveal.js" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">For reveal.js, there is
also the reveal.js-native option
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">parallaxBackgroundImage</text:span>,
which produces a parallax scrolling background. You must also set
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">parallaxBackgroundSize</text:span>,
and can optionally set
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">parallaxBackgroundHorizontal</text:span>
and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">parallaxBackgroundVertical</text:span>
to configure the scrolling behaviour. See the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://revealjs.com/backgrounds/#parallax-background" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">reveal.js
documentation</text:span></text:a> for more details about the meaning of
these options.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">In reveal.js’s overview mode, the
parallaxBackgroundImage will show up only on the first slide.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="on-individual-slides-reveal.js-pptx" />On
individual slides (reveal.js,
pptx)<text:bookmark-end text:name="on-individual-slides-reveal.js-pptx" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">To set an image for a
particular reveal.js or pptx slide, add
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">{background-image=&quot;/path/to/image&quot;}</text:span>
to the first slide-level heading on the slide (which may even be
empty).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">As the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-link_attributes" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">HTML
writers pass unknown attributes through</text:span></text:a>, other
reveal.js background settings also work on individual slides, including
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">background-size</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">background-repeat</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">background-color</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">transition</text:span>, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">transition-speed</text:span>.
(The <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">data-</text:span>
prefix will automatically be added.)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Note:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">data-background-image</text:span>
is also supported in pptx for consistency with reveal.js – if
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">background-image</text:span>
isn’t found,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">data-background-image</text:span>
will be checked.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="on-the-title-slide-reveal.js-pptx" />On
the title slide (reveal.js,
pptx)<text:bookmark-end text:name="on-the-title-slide-reveal.js-pptx" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">To add a background image
to the automatically generated title slide for reveal.js, use the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">title-slide-attributes</text:span>
variable in the YAML metadata block. It must contain a map of attribute
names and values. (Note that the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">data-</text:span> prefix is
required here, as it isn’t added automatically.)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">For pptx, pass a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--reference-doc</text:span>
with the background image set on the “Title Slide” layout.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_3" text:outline-level="3"><text:bookmark-start text:name="example-reveal.js" />Example
(reveal.js)<text:bookmark-end text:name="example-reveal.js" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">title: My Slide Show</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">parallaxBackgroundImage: /path/to/my/background_image.png</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">title-slide-attributes:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />data-background-image: /path/to/title_image.png</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />data-background-size: contain</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">## Slide One</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Slide 1 has background_image.png as its background.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">## {background-image=&quot;/path/to/special_image.jpg&quot;}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Slide 2 has a special image for its background, even though the heading has no content.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_1" text:outline-level="1"><text:bookmark-start text:name="epubs" />EPUBs<text:bookmark-end text:name="epubs" /></text:h>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="epub-metadata" />EPUB
Metadata<text:bookmark-end text:name="epub-metadata" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">There are two ways to
specify metadata for an EPUB. The first is to use the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--epub-metadata</text:span>
option, which takes as its argument an XML file with
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.dublincore.org/specifications/dublin-core/dces/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Dublin
Core elements</text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">The second way is to use YAML,
either in a
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-yaml_metadata_block" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">YAML
metadata block</text:span></text:a> in a Markdown document, or in a
separate YAML file specified with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--metadata-file</text:span>.
Here is an example of a YAML metadata block with EPUB metadata:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">title:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- type: main</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />text: My Book</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- type: subtitle</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />text: An investigation of metadata</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">creator:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- role: author</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />text: John Smith</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- role: editor</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />text: Sarah Jones</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">identifier:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- scheme: DOI</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />text: 'urn:doi:10.234234.234/33'</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- scheme: ISBN-13</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />text: 'urn:isbn:9780000000000'</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">publisher: <text:s text:c="1" />My Press</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">rights: © 2007 John Smith, CC BY-NC</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">ibooks:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />version: 1.3.4</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">...</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The following fields are
recognized:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">identifier</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">Either a
string value, or an object with fields
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">text</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">scheme</text:span>
(optional), or a list of such objects. Valid values for
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">scheme</text:span> are
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ISBN-10</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">GTIN-13</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">UPC</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ISMN-10</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">DOI</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">LCCN</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">GTIN-14</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ISBN-13</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Legal deposit number</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">URN</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">OCLC number</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Co-publisher’s ISBN-13</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ISMN-13</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ISBN-A</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">JP e-code</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">OLCC number</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">JP Magazine ID</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">UPC-12+5</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">BNF Control number</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ISSN-13</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ARK</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Digital file internal version number</text:span>.
In the <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">text</text:span>
field, it is advisable to specify a URN as in the examples above. Note
that quotes are needed around a YAML field containing a colon.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">title</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">Either a
string value, or an object with fields
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">text</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">file-as</text:span>
(optional) and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">type</text:span> (optional),
or a list of such objects. Valid values for
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">type</text:span> are
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">main</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">subtitle</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">short</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">collection</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">edition</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">extended</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">creator</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">Either a
string value, or an object with fields
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">text</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">role</text:span> (optional),
and <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">file-as</text:span>
(optional), or a list of such objects. Valid values for
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">role</text:span> are
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://loc.gov/marc/relators/relaterm.html" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">MARC
relators</text:span></text:a>, but pandoc will attempt to translate the
human-readable versions (like “author” and “editor”) to the appropriate
marc relators.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">contributor</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">Same format
as
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">creator</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">date</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">A string
value in
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">YYYY-MM-DD</text:span>
format. (Only the year is necessary.) Pandoc will attempt to convert
other common date formats.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lang</text:span>
(or legacy:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">language</text:span>)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">A string
value in
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">BCP
47</text:span></text:a> format. Pandoc will default to the local
language if nothing is specified.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">subject</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">Either a
string value, or an object with fields
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">text</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">authority</text:span>
(optional), and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">term</text:span> (optional),
or a list of such objects. Valid values for
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">authority</text:span> are
either a
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://idpf.github.io/epub-registries/authorities/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">reserved
authority value</text:span></text:a> (currently
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">AAT</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">BIC</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">BISAC</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">CLC</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">DDC</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">CLIL</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">EuroVoc</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">MEDTOP</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">LCSH</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">NDC</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Thema</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">UDC</text:span>, and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">WGS</text:span>) or an
absolute IRI identifying a custom scheme. Valid values for
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">term</text:span> are defined
by the scheme.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">description</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">A string
value.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">type</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">A string
value.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">format</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">A string
value.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">relation</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">A string
value.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">coverage</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">A string
value.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">rights</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">A string
value.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">belongs-to-collection</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">A string
value. Identifies the name of a collection to which the EPUB Publication
belongs.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">group-position</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">The
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">group-position</text:span>
field indicates the numeric position in which the EPUB Publication
belongs relative to other works belonging to the same
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">belongs-to-collection</text:span>
field.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">cover-image</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">A string
value (path to cover image).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">css</text:span>
(or legacy:
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">stylesheet</text:span>)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">A string
value (path to CSS stylesheet).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">page-progression-direction</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">Either
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ltr</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">rtl</text:span>. Specifies
the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">page-progression-direction</text:span>
attribute for the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="http://idpf.org/epub/301/spec/epub-publications.html#sec-spine-elem" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">spine</text:span>
element</text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">accessModes</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">An array of
strings
(<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://kb.daisy.org/publishing/docs/metadata/schema.org/index.html" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">schema</text:span></text:a>).
Defaults to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">[&quot;textual&quot;]</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">accessModeSufficient</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">An array of
strings
(<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://kb.daisy.org/publishing/docs/metadata/schema.org/index.html" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">schema</text:span></text:a>).
Defaults to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">[&quot;textual&quot;]</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">accessibilityHazards</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">An array of
strings
(<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://kb.daisy.org/publishing/docs/metadata/schema.org/index.html" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">schema</text:span></text:a>).
Defaults to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">[&quot;none&quot;]</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">accessibilityFeatures</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">An array of
strings
(<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://kb.daisy.org/publishing/docs/metadata/schema.org/index.html" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">schema</text:span></text:a>).
Defaults to</text:p><text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- &quot;alternativeText&quot;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- &quot;readingOrder&quot;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- &quot;structuralNavigation&quot;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">- &quot;tableOfContents&quot;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">accessibilitySummary</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">A string
value.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Term_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ibooks</text:span></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Definition_20_Definition_20_Tight">iBooks-specific
metadata, with the following
fields:</text:p><text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">version</text:span>:
    (string)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">specified-fonts</text:span>:
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">true</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">false</text:span>
    (default
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">false</text:span>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">ipad-orientation-lock</text:span>:
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">portrait-only</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">landscape-only</text:span></text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">iphone-orientation-lock</text:span>:
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">portrait-only</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">landscape-only</text:span></text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">binding</text:span>:
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">true</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">false</text:span>
    (default
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">true</text:span>)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet_20_Tight"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">scroll-axis</text:span>:
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">vertical</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">horizontal</text:span>|<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">default</text:span></text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="the-epubtype-attribute" />The
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">epub:type</text:span>
attribute<text:bookmark-end text:name="the-epubtype-attribute" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">For
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">epub3</text:span> output,
you can mark up the heading that corresponds to an EPUB chapter using
the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="http://www.idpf.org/epub/31/spec/epub-contentdocs.html#sec-epub-type-attribute" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">epub:type</text:span>
attribute</text:span></text:a>. For example, to set the attribute to the
value <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">prologue</text:span>,
use this Markdown:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"># My chapter {epub:type=prologue}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Which will result
in:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;body epub:type=&quot;frontmatter&quot;&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />&lt;section epub:type=&quot;prologue&quot;&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />&lt;h1&gt;My chapter&lt;/h1&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Pandoc will output
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;body epub:type=&quot;bodymatter&quot;&gt;</text:span>,
unless you use one of the following values, in which case either
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">frontmatter</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">backmatter</text:span> will
be output.</text:p>
<table:table table:name="Table12" table:style-name="Table12">
  <table:table-column table:style-name="Table12.A" />
  <table:table-column table:style-name="Table12.B" />
  <table:table-header-rows>
    <table:table-row>
      <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableHeaderRowCell" office:value-type="string">
        <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Heading"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">epub:type</text:span>
        of first section</text:p>
      </table:table-cell>
      <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableHeaderRowCell" office:value-type="string">
        <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Heading"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">epub:type</text:span>
        of body</text:p>
      </table:table-cell>
    </table:table-row>
  </table:table-header-rows>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">prologue</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">frontmatter</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">abstract</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">frontmatter</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">acknowledgments</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">frontmatter</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">copyright-page</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">frontmatter</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">dedication</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">frontmatter</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">credits</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">frontmatter</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">keywords</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">frontmatter</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">imprint</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">frontmatter</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">contributors</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">frontmatter</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">other-credits</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">frontmatter</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">errata</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">frontmatter</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">revision-history</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">frontmatter</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">titlepage</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">frontmatter</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">halftitlepage</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">frontmatter</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">seriespage</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">frontmatter</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">foreword</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">frontmatter</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">preface</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">frontmatter</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">frontispiece</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">frontmatter</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">appendix</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">backmatter</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">colophon</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">backmatter</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">bibliography</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">backmatter</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
  <table:table-row>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">index</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
    <table:table-cell table:style-name="TableRowCell" office:value-type="string">
      <text:p text:style-name="Table_20_Contents">backmatter</text:p>
    </table:table-cell>
  </table:table-row>
</table:table>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="linked-media" />Linked
media<text:bookmark-end text:name="linked-media" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">By default, pandoc will
download media referenced from any
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;img&gt;</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;audio&gt;</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;video&gt;</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;source&gt;</text:span>
element present in the generated EPUB, and include it in the EPUB
container, yielding a completely self-contained EPUB. If you want to
link to external media resources instead, use raw HTML in your source
and add
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">data-external=&quot;1&quot;</text:span>
to the tag with the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">src</text:span> attribute.
For example:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;audio controls=&quot;1&quot;&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />&lt;source src=&quot;https://example.com/music/toccata.mp3&quot;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="10" />data-external=&quot;1&quot; type=&quot;audio/mpeg&quot;&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />&lt;/source&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;/audio&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If the input format already
is HTML then
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">data-external=&quot;1&quot;</text:span>
will work as expected for
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">&lt;img&gt;</text:span>
elements. Similarly, for Markdown, external images can be declared with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">![img](url){external=1}</text:span>.
Note that this only works for images; the other media elements have no
native representation in pandoc’s AST and require the use of raw
HTML.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="epub-styling" />EPUB
styling<text:bookmark-end text:name="epub-styling" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">By default, pandoc will
include some basic styling contained in its
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">epub.css</text:span> data
file. (To see this, use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc --print-default-data-file epub.css</text:span>.)
To use a different CSS file, just use the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--css</text:span> command
line option. A few inline styles are defined in addition; these are
essential for correct formatting of pandoc’s HTML output.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">The
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">document-css</text:span>
variable may be set if the more opinionated styling of pandoc’s default
HTML templates is desired (and in that case the variables defined in
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#variables-for-html" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Variables
for HTML</text:span></text:a> may be used to fine-tune the
style).</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_1" text:outline-level="1"><text:bookmark-start text:name="chunked-html" />Chunked
HTML<text:bookmark-end text:name="chunked-html" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc -t chunkedhtml</text:span>
will produce a zip archive of linked HTML files, one for each section of
the original document. Internal links will automatically be adjusted to
point to the right place, images linked to under the working directory
will be incorporated, and navigation links will be added. In addition, a
JSON file
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">sitemap.json</text:span>
will be included describing the hierarchical structure of the
files.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">If an output file without an
extension is specified, then it will be interpreted as a directory and
the zip archive will be automatically unpacked into it (unless it
already exists, in which case an error will be raised). Otherwise a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">.zip</text:span> file will
be produced.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">The navigation links can be
customized by adjusting the template. By default, a table of contents is
included only on the top page. To include it on every page, set the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">toc</text:span> variable
manually.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_1" text:outline-level="1"><text:bookmark-start text:name="jupyter-notebooks" />Jupyter
notebooks<text:bookmark-end text:name="jupyter-notebooks" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">When creating a
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://nbformat.readthedocs.io/en/latest/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Jupyter
notebook</text:span></text:a>, pandoc will try to infer the notebook
structure. Code blocks with the class
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">code</text:span> will be
taken as code cells, and intervening content will be taken as Markdown
cells. Attachments will automatically be created for images in Markdown
cells. Metadata will be taken from the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">jupyter</text:span> metadata
field. For example:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">title: My notebook</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">jupyter:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />nbformat: 4</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />nbformat_minor: 5</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />kernelspec:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="5" />display_name: Python 2</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="5" />language: python</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="5" />name: python2</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />language_info:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="5" />codemirror_mode:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="7" />name: ipython</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="7" />version: 2</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="5" />file_extension: &quot;.py&quot;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="5" />mimetype: &quot;text/x-python&quot;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="5" />name: &quot;python&quot;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="5" />nbconvert_exporter: &quot;python&quot;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="5" />pygments_lexer: &quot;ipython2&quot;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="5" />version: &quot;2.7.15&quot;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"># Lorem ipsum</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">**Lorem ipsum** dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Nunc luctus</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">bibendum felis dictum sodales.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">``` code</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">print(&quot;hello&quot;)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">```</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">## Pyout</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">``` code</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">from IPython.display import HTML</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">HTML(&quot;&quot;&quot;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;script&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">console.log(&quot;hello&quot;);</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;/script&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;b&gt;HTML&lt;/b&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&quot;&quot;&quot;)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">```</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">## Image</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">This image ![image](myimage.png) will be</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">included as a cell attachment.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If you want to add cell
attributes, group cells differently, or add output to code cells, then
you need to include divs to indicate the structure. You can use either
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-fenced_divs" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">fenced
divs</text:span></text:a> or
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-native_divs" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">native
divs</text:span></text:a> for this. Here is an example:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">:::::: {.cell .markdown}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"># Lorem</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">**Lorem ipsum** dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Nunc luctus</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">bibendum felis dictum sodales.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">::::::</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">:::::: {.cell .code execution_count=1}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">``` {.python}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">print(&quot;hello&quot;)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">```</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">::: {.output .stream .stdout}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">```</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">hello</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">```</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">:::</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">::::::</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">:::::: {.cell .code execution_count=2}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">``` {.python}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">from IPython.display import HTML</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">HTML(&quot;&quot;&quot;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;script&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">console.log(&quot;hello&quot;);</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;/script&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;b&gt;HTML&lt;/b&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&quot;&quot;&quot;)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">```</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">::: {.output .execute_result execution_count=2}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">```{=html}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;script&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">console.log(&quot;hello&quot;);</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;/script&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&lt;b&gt;HTML&lt;/b&gt;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">hello</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">```</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">:::</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">::::::</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If you include raw HTML or
TeX in an output cell, use the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension-raw_attribute" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">raw
attribute</text:span></text:a>, as shown in the last cell of the example
above. Although pandoc can process “bare” raw HTML and TeX, the result
is often interspersed raw elements and normal textual elements, and in
an output cell pandoc expects a single, connected raw block. To avoid
using raw HTML or TeX except when marked explicitly using raw
attributes, we recommend specifying the extensions
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-raw_html-raw_tex+raw_attribute</text:span>
when translating between Markdown and ipynb notebooks.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Note that options and extensions
that affect reading and writing of Markdown will also affect Markdown
cells in ipynb notebooks. For example,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--wrap=preserve</text:span>
will preserve soft line breaks in Markdown cells;
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--markdown-headings=setext</text:span>
will cause Setext-style headings to be used; and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--preserve-tabs</text:span>
will prevent tabs from being turned to spaces.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_1" text:outline-level="1"><text:bookmark-start text:name="vimdoc" />Vimdoc<text:bookmark-end text:name="vimdoc" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Vimdoc writer generates Vim
help files and makes use of the following metadata variables:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">abstract: &quot;A short description&quot;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">author: Author</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">title: Title</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"># Vimdoc-specific</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">filename: &quot;definition-lists.txt&quot;</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">vimdoc-prefix: pandoc</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Complete header requires
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">abstract</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">author</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">title</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">filename</text:span> to be
set. Compiling file with such metadata produces the following file
(assumes
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--standalone</text:span>,
see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#templates" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Templates</text:span></text:a>):</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">*definition-lists.txt* <text:s text:c="1" />A short description</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="28" />Title by Author</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="33" />Type |gO| to see the table of contents.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[...]</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="1" />vim:tw=72:sw=4:ts=4:ft=help:norl:et:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">vimdoc-prefix</text:span> is
set, all non-command tags are prefixed with its value, it is used to
prevent tag collision: all headers have a tag (either inferred or
explicit) and multiple help pages can have the same header names,
therefore collision is to be expected. Let our input be the following
markdown file:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">## Header</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">`:[range]Fnl {expr}`{#:Fnl}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">: <text:s text:c="2" />Evaluates {expr} or range</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">`vim.b`{#vim.b}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">: <text:s text:c="2" />Buffer-scoped (`:h b:`) variables for the current buffer. Invalid or unset</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />key returns `nil`. Can be indexed with an integer to access variables for a</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />specific buffer.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[Span]{#span}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">: <text:s text:c="2" />generic inline container for phrasing content, which does not inherently</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />represent anything.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Convert it to
vimdoc:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">------------------------------------------------------------------------</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Header <text:s text:c="59" />*header*</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">:[range]Fnl {expr} <text:s text:c="49" />*:Fnl*</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />Evaluates {expr} or range</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">`vim.b` <text:s text:c="59" />*vim.b*</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />Buffer-scoped (|b:|) variables for the current buffer. Invalid or</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />unset key returns `nil`. Can be indexed with an integer to access</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />variables for a specific buffer.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Span <text:s text:c="63" />*span*</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />generic inline container for phrasing content, which does not</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />inherently represent anything.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Convert it to vimdoc with
metadata variable set (e.g. with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-M vimdoc-prefix=pandoc</text:span>)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">------------------------------------------------------------------------</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Header <text:s text:c="52" />*pandoc-header*</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">:[range]Fnl {expr} <text:s text:c="49" />*:Fnl*</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />Evaluates {expr} or range</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">`vim.b` <text:s text:c="52" />*pandoc-vim.b*</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />Buffer-scoped (|b:|) variables for the current buffer. Invalid or</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />unset key returns `nil`. Can be indexed with an integer to access</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />variables for a specific buffer.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Span <text:s text:c="56" />*pandoc-span*</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />generic inline container for phrasing content, which does not</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="4" />inherently represent anything.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">vim.b</text:span>
and <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Span</text:span> got
their prefixes but not
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">:Fnl</text:span> because
ex-commands (those starting with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">:</text:span>) don’t get a
prefix, since they are considered unique across help pages.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">In both cases
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">:help b:</text:span> became
reference <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">|b:|</text:span>
(also works with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">:h b:</text:span>). Links
pointing to either
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://vimhelp.org/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">https://vimhelp.org/</text:span></text:a>
or
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://neovim.io/doc/user" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">https://neovim.io/doc/user</text:span></text:a>
become references too.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Vim traditionally wraps at 78,
but Pandoc defaults to 72. Use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--columns 78</text:span> to
match Vim.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_1" text:outline-level="1"><text:bookmark-start text:name="syntax-highlighting" />Syntax
highlighting<text:bookmark-end text:name="syntax-highlighting" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Pandoc will automatically
highlight syntax in
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#fenced-code-blocks" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">fenced
code blocks</text:span></text:a> that are marked with a language name.
The Haskell library
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://github.com/jgm/skylighting" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">skylighting</text:span></text:a>
is used for highlighting. Currently highlighting is supported only for
HTML, EPUB, Docx, Ms, Man, Typst, and LaTeX/PDF output. To see a list of
language names that pandoc will recognize, type
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc --list-highlight-languages</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">The color scheme can be selected
using the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--syntax-highlighting</text:span>
option. The default color scheme is
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pygments</text:span>, which
imitates the default color scheme used by the Python library pygments
(though pygments is not actually used to do the highlighting). To see a
list of highlight styles, type
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc --list-highlight-styles</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">If you are not satisfied with the
predefined styles, you can use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--print-highlight-style</text:span>
to generate a JSON
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">.theme</text:span> file
which can be modified and used as the argument to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--syntax-highlighting</text:span>.
To get a JSON version of the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pygments</text:span> style,
for example:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc -o my.theme --print-highlight-style pygments</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Then edit
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">my.theme</text:span> and use
it like this:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc --syntax-highlighting my.theme</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If you are not satisfied
with the built-in highlighting, or you want to highlight a language that
isn’t supported, you can use the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--syntax-definition</text:span>
option to load a
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://docs.kde.org/stable5/en/kate/katepart/highlight.html" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">KDE-style
XML syntax definition file</text:span></text:a>. Before writing your
own, have a look at KDE’s
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://github.com/KDE/syntax-highlighting/tree/master/data/syntax" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">repository
of syntax definitions</text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">If you receive an error that
pandoc “Could not read highlighting theme”, check that the JSON file is
encoded with UTF-8 and has no Byte-Order Mark (BOM).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">To disable highlighting, use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--syntax-highlighting=none</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">To use a format’s idiomatic
syntax highlighting instead of pandoc’s built-in highlighting, use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--syntax-highlighting=idiomatic</text:span>.
Currently,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">idiomatic</text:span> only
affects the following formats:</text:p>
<text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">In reveal.js, it causes
    reveal.js’s highlighting plugin to be used for source code
    highlighting. The style may be customized by setting the
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">highlightjs-theme</text:span>
    variable.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">In Typst, it causes Typst’s
    built-in highlighting to be used. (This is also the default for
    Typst.)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">In LaTeX, it causes the
    <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://ctan.org/pkg/listings" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">listings</text:span></text:span></text:a>
    package to be used. Note that
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">listings</text:span>
    does not support multi-byte encoding for source code. To handle
    UTF-8 you would need to use a custom template. This issue is fully
    documented here:
    <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/LaTeX/Source_Code_Listings#Encoding_issue" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Encoding
    issue with the listings package</text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">In other formats,
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">idiomatic</text:span>
    will have the same result as
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">default</text:span>.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_1" text:outline-level="1"><text:bookmark-start text:name="custom-styles" />Custom
Styles<text:bookmark-end text:name="custom-styles" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Custom styles can be used
in the docx, odt and ICML formats.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="output" />Output<text:bookmark-end text:name="output" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">By default, pandoc’s odt,
docx and ICML output applies a predefined set of styles for blocks such
as paragraphs and block quotes, and uses largely default formatting
(italics, bold) for inlines. This will work for most purposes,
especially alongside a
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#option--reference-doc" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">reference
doc</text:span></text:a> file. However, if you need to apply your own
styles to blocks, or match a preexisting set of styles, pandoc allows
you to define custom styles for blocks and text using
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">div</text:span>s and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">span</text:span>s,
respectively.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">If you define a Div, Span, or
Table with the attribute
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">custom-style</text:span>,
pandoc will apply your specified style to the contained elements (with
the exception of elements whose function depends on a style, like
headings, code blocks, block quotes, or links). So, for example, using
the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">bracketed_spans</text:span>
syntax,</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">[Get out]{custom-style=&quot;Emphatically&quot;}, he said.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">would produce a file with
“Get out” styled with character style
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Emphatically</text:span>.
Similarly, using the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">fenced_divs</text:span>
syntax,</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">Dickinson starts the poem simply:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">::: {custom-style=&quot;Poetry&quot;}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| A Bird came down the Walk---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">| He did not know I saw---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">:::</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">would style the two
contained lines with the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Poetry</text:span> paragraph
style.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Styles will be defined in the
output file as inheriting from normal text (docx) or Default Paragraph
Style (odt), if the styles are not yet in your
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#option--reference-doc" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">reference
doc</text:span></text:a>. If they are already defined, pandoc will not
alter the definition.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">This feature allows for greatest
customization in conjunction with
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://pandoc.org/filters.html" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">pandoc
filters</text:span></text:a>. If you want all paragraphs after block
quotes to be indented, you can write a filter to apply the styles
necessary. If you want all italics to be transformed to the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Emphasis</text:span>
character style (perhaps to change their color), you can write a filter
which will transform all italicized inlines to inlines within an
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">Emphasis</text:span>
custom-style
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">span</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">For docx or odt output, you don’t
need to enable any extensions for custom styles to work.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">For icml output, you can also set
an <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">object-style</text:span>
in images:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">![Image with object style](myImage.jpg){object-style=&quot;fixedSizeImage&quot;}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">In InDesign you’ll see that
object style given to the image, and you’ll be able to customize it, or
load its definition from a template of yours.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="input" />Input<text:bookmark-end text:name="input" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The docx reader, by
default, only reads those styles that it can convert into pandoc
elements, either by direct conversion or interpreting the derivation of
the input document’s styles.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">By enabling the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#ext-styles" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">styles</text:span>
extension</text:span></text:a> in the docx reader
(<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-f docx+styles</text:span>),
you can produce output that maintains the styles of the input document,
using the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">custom-style</text:span>
class. A
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">custom-style</text:span>
attribute will be added for each style. Divs will be created to hold the
paragraph styles, and Spans to hold the character styles. Table styles
will be applied directly to the Table.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">For example, using the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">custom-style-reference.docx</text:span>
file in the test directory, we have the following different
outputs:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Without the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">+styles</text:span>
extension:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$ pandoc test/docx/custom-style-reference.docx -f docx -t markdown</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">This is some text.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">This is text with an *emphasized* text style. And this is text with a</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">**strengthened** text style.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&gt; Here is a styled paragraph that inherits from Block Text.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">And with the
extension:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">$ pandoc test/docx/custom-style-reference.docx -f docx+styles -t markdown</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">::: {custom-style=&quot;First Paragraph&quot;}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">This is some text.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">:::</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">::: {custom-style=&quot;Body Text&quot;}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">This is text with an [emphasized]{custom-style=&quot;Emphatic&quot;} text style.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">And this is text with a [strengthened]{custom-style=&quot;Strengthened&quot;}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">text style.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">:::</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"></text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">::: {custom-style=&quot;My Block Style&quot;}</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">&gt; Here is a styled paragraph that inherits from Block Text.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">:::</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">With these custom styles,
you can use your input document as a reference-doc while creating docx
output (see below), and maintain the same styles in your input and
output files.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_1" text:outline-level="1"><text:bookmark-start text:name="custom-readers-and-writers" />Custom
readers and
writers<text:bookmark-end text:name="custom-readers-and-writers" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Pandoc can be extended with
custom readers and writers written in
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.lua.org" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Lua</text:span></text:a>.
(Pandoc includes a Lua interpreter, so Lua need not be installed
separately.)</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">To use a custom reader or writer,
simply specify the path to the Lua script in place of the input or
output format. For example:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc -t data/sample.lua</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc -f my_custom_markup_language.lua -t latex -s</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If the script is not found
relative to the working directory, it will be sought in the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">custom</text:span>
subdirectory of the user data directory (see
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--data-dir</text:span>).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">A custom reader is a Lua script
that defines one function, Reader, which takes a string as input and
returns a Pandoc AST. See the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://pandoc.org/lua-filters.html" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Lua
filters documentation</text:span></text:a> for documentation of the
functions that are available for creating pandoc AST elements. For
parsing, the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="http://www.inf.puc-rio.br/~roberto/lpeg/" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">lpeg</text:span></text:a>
parsing library is available by default. To see a sample custom
reader:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc --print-default-data-file creole.lua</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If you want your custom
reader to have access to reader options (e.g. the tab stop setting), you
give your Reader function a second
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">options</text:span>
parameter.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">A custom writer is a Lua script
that defines a function that specifies how to render each element in a
Pandoc AST. See the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://github.com/jgm/djot.lua/blob/main/djot-writer.lua" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">djot-writer.lua</text:span></text:a>
for a full-featured example.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Note that custom writers have no
default template. If you want to use
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--standalone</text:span>
with a custom writer, you will need to specify a template manually using
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--template</text:span> or
add a new default template with the name
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">default.NAME_OF_CUSTOM_WRITER.lua</text:span>
to the <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">templates</text:span>
subdirectory of your user data directory (see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#templates" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Templates</text:span></text:a>).</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_1" text:outline-level="1"><text:bookmark-start text:name="reproducible-builds" />Reproducible
builds<text:bookmark-end text:name="reproducible-builds" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Some of the document
formats pandoc targets (such as EPUB, docx, and ODT) include build
timestamps in the generated document. That means that the files
generated on successive builds will differ, even if the source does not.
To avoid this, set the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH</text:span>
environment variable, and the timestamp will be taken from it instead of
the current time.
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH</text:span>
should contain an integer unix timestamp (specifying the number of
seconds since midnight UTC January 1, 1970).</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">For reproducible builds with
LaTeX, you can either specify the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pdf-trailer-id</text:span>
in the metadata or leave it undefined, in which case pandoc will create
a trailer-id based on a hash of the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH</text:span>
and the document’s contents.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Some document formats also
include a unique identifier. For EPUB, this can be set explicitly by
setting the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">identifier</text:span>
metadata field (see
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#epub-metadata" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">EPUB
Metadata</text:span></text:a>, above).</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_1" text:outline-level="1"><text:bookmark-start text:name="accessible-pdfs-and-pdf-archiving-standards" />Accessible
PDFs and PDF archiving
standards<text:bookmark-end text:name="accessible-pdfs-and-pdf-archiving-standards" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">PDF is a flexible format,
and using PDF in certain contexts requires additional conventions. For
example, PDFs are not accessible by default; they define how characters
are placed on a page but do not contain semantic information on the
content. However, it is possible to generate accessible PDFs, which use
tagging to add semantic information to the document.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Pandoc defaults to LaTeX to
generate PDF. LaTeX’s
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">\DocumentMetadata</text:span>
interface supports PDF standards and tagging when using LuaLaTeX; set
the <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pdfstandard</text:span>
variable to enable this (see below). For older LaTeX installations,
alternative engines must be used.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">The PDF standards PDF/A and
PDF/UA define further restrictions intended to optimize PDFs for
archiving and accessibility. Tagging is commonly used in combination
with these standards to ensure best results.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">Note, however, that standard
compliance depends on many things, including the colorspace of embedded
images. Pandoc cannot check this, and external programs must be used to
ensure that generated PDFs are in compliance.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="latex" />LaTeX<text:bookmark-end text:name="latex" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Set the
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pdfstandard</text:span>
variable to produce tagged PDFs conforming to PDF/A, PDF/X, or PDF/UA
standards. For example:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc -V pdfstandard=ua-2 --pdf-engine=lualatex doc.md -o doc.pdf</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Multiple standards can be
combined:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pdfstandard:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />- ua-2</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="2" />- a-4f</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">---</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The required PDF version is
inferred automatically. This feature requires LuaLaTeX in TeX Live 2025
with LaTeX kernel 2025-06-01 or newer.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="context" />ConTeXt<text:bookmark-end text:name="context" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">ConTeXt always produces
tagged PDFs, but the quality depends on the input. The default ConTeXt
markup generated by pandoc is optimized for readability and reuse, not
tagging. Enable the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#extension--tagging" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">tagging</text:span></text:span></text:a>
format extension to force markup that is optimized for tagging. For
example:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc -t context+tagging doc.md -o doc.pdf</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">A recent
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">context</text:span> version
should be used, as older versions contained a bug that lead to invalid
PDF metadata.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="weasyprint" />WeasyPrint<text:bookmark-end text:name="weasyprint" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The HTML-based engine
WeasyPrint includes experimental support for PDF/A and PDF/UA since
version 57. Tagged PDFs can created with</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc --pdf-engine=weasyprint \</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="7" />--pdf-engine-opt=--pdf-variant=pdf/ua-1 ...</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The feature is experimental
and standard compliance should not be assumed.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="prince-xml" />Prince
XML<text:bookmark-end text:name="prince-xml" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">The non-free HTML-to-PDF
converter <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">prince</text:span>
has extensive support for various PDF standards as well as tagging.
E.g.:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc --pdf-engine=prince \</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text"><text:s text:c="7" />--pdf-engine-opt=--tagged-pdf ...</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">See the prince
documentation for more info.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="typst" />Typst<text:bookmark-end text:name="typst" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Typst 0.12 can produce
PDF/A-2b:</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Preformatted_20_Text">pandoc --pdf-engine=typst --pdf-engine-opt=--pdf-standard=a-2b ...</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_2" text:outline-level="2"><text:bookmark-start text:name="word-processors" />Word
Processors<text:bookmark-end text:name="word-processors" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Word processors like
LibreOffice and MS Word can also be used to generate standardized and
tagged PDF output. Pandoc does not support direct conversions via these
tools. However, pandoc can convert a document to a
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">docx</text:span> or
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">odt</text:span> file, which
can then be opened and converted to PDF with the respective word
processor. See the documentation for
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/create-accessible-pdfs-064625e0-56ea-4e16-ad71-3aa33bb4b7ed" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Word</text:span></text:a>
and
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://help.libreoffice.org/latest/en-US/text/shared/01/ref_pdf_export_general.html" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">LibreOffice</text:span></text:a>.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_1" text:outline-level="1"><text:bookmark-start text:name="running-pandoc-as-a-web-server" />Running
pandoc as a web
server<text:bookmark-end text:name="running-pandoc-as-a-web-server" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">If you rename (or symlink)
the pandoc executable to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc-server</text:span>,
or if you call pandoc with
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">server</text:span> as the
first argument, it will start up a web server with a JSON API. This
server exposes most of the conversion functionality of pandoc. For full
documentation, see the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://github.com/jgm/pandoc/blob/master/doc/pandoc-server.md" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">pandoc-server</text:span></text:a>
man page.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body">If you rename (or symlink) the
pandoc executable to
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc-server.cgi</text:span>,
it will function as a CGI program exposing the same API as
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc-server</text:span>.</text:p>
<text:p text:style-name="Text_20_body"><text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc-server</text:span>
is designed to be maximally secure; it uses Haskell’s type system to
provide strong guarantees that no I/O will be performed on the server
during pandoc conversions.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_1" text:outline-level="1"><text:bookmark-start text:name="running-pandoc-as-a-lua-interpreter" />Running
pandoc as a Lua
interpreter<text:bookmark-end text:name="running-pandoc-as-a-lua-interpreter" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Calling the pandoc
executable under the name
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc-lua</text:span> or
with <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lua</text:span> as the
first argument will make it function as a standalone Lua interpreter.
The behavior is mostly identical to that of the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.lua.org/manual/5.4/manual.html#7" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">standalone
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lua</text:span>
executable</text:span></text:a>, version 5.4. All
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc.*</text:span>
packages, as well as the packages
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">re</text:span> and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">lpeg</text:span>, are
available via global variables. Furthermore, the globals
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">PANDOC_VERSION</text:span>,
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">PANDOC_STATE</text:span>,
and
<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">PANDOC_API_VERSION</text:span>
are set at startup. For full documentation, see the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://github.com/jgm/pandoc/blob/master/doc/pandoc-lua.md" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">pandoc-lua</text:span></text:a>
man page.</text:p>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_1" text:outline-level="1"><text:bookmark-start text:name="a-note-on-security" />A
note on
security<text:bookmark-end text:name="a-note-on-security" /></text:h>
<text:list text:style-name="Numbering_20_1">
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Number">Although pandoc itself will
    not create or modify any files other than those you explicitly ask
    it create (with the exception of temporary files used in producing
    PDFs), a filter or custom writer could in principle do anything on
    your file system. Please audit filters and custom writers very
    carefully before using them.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Number">If you want to use pandoc
    in a web application that accepts untrusted user input, you should
    be aware that running pandoc in this context requires special
    precautions, or you risk exfiltration of the contents of local
    files, or worse. In particular:</text:p>
    <text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
      <text:list-item>
        <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">Several input formats
        (including LaTeX, Org, RST, and Typst) support
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">include</text:span>
        directives that allow the contents of a file to be included in
        the output. An untrusted attacker could use these to view the
        contents of files on the file system. Using the
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--sandbox</text:span>
        option will protect against this threat.</text:p>
      </text:list-item>
      <text:list-item>
        <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">Several output formats
        (including RTF, FB2, HTML with
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--self-contained</text:span>,
        EPUB, Docx, and ODT) will embed encoded or raw images into the
        output file. An untrusted attacker could exploit this to view
        the contents of non-image files on the file system. Using the
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--sandbox</text:span>
        option will protect against this threat, but will also prevent
        including images in these formats.</text:p>
      </text:list-item>
      <text:list-item>
        <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">In reading HTML files,
        pandoc will attempt to include the contents of
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">iframe</text:span>
        elements by fetching content from the local file or URL
        specified by
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">src</text:span>. If
        untrusted HTML is processed on a server, this has the potential
        to reveal anything readable by the process running the server or
        to enable server-side request forgery (SSRF) attacks
        (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2025-51591" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">CVE-2025-51591</text:span></text:a>).
        To mitigate such attacks, use
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--sandbox</text:span>
        or
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-f html+raw_html</text:span>
        (which causes the whole
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">iframe</text:span>
        to be parsed as a raw HTML block).</text:p>
      </text:list-item>
      <text:list-item>
        <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">Using pandoc with
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--pdf-engine</text:span>
        introduces additional risks, which cannot be mitigated by using
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--sandbox</text:span>.
        For example, in
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">wkhtmltopdf</text:span>
        the
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">footer-html</text:span>
        and
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">header-html</text:span>
        metadata fields will be passed directly to
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">wkhtmltopdf</text:span>
        as
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--footer-html</text:span>
        and
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--header-html</text:span>
        arguments, and by using a
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">file:</text:span>
        URIs with these, one could exfiltrate local files. In addition,
        using
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--pdf-engine=wkhtmltopdf</text:span>
        with
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">-f html+raw_html</text:span>
        enables an SSRF vulnerability in wkhtmltopdf
        (<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2022-35583" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">CVE-2022-35583</text:span></text:a>).
        Note that
        [<text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">wkhtmltopdf</text:span>)
        is
        <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://wkhtmltopdf.org/status.html" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">deprecated</text:span></text:a>
        and its authors recommend not to use it with any untrusted
        input. However, there may be similar issues with other
        pdf-engines. Anyone including a pdf-engine in a pandoc command
        run on untrusted input should audit the engine carefully and
        carefully control the use of
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--pdf-engine-opt</text:span>.</text:p>
      </text:list-item>
    </text:list>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Number">Here are some alternatives
    for safe use of pandoc in a web application:</text:p>
    <text:list text:style-name="List_20_1">
      <text:list-item>
        <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">Use
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc server</text:span>
        to spin up a local web server, and have your application make
        requests to it. The server runs in sandboxed mode and will not
        be able to read files or use filters.</text:p>
      </text:list-item>
      <text:list-item>
        <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">Use the WASM version of
        pandoc. This allows the use of Lua filters, but everything runs
        in an isolated WASM sandbox.</text:p>
      </text:list-item>
      <text:list-item>
        <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Bullet">Use
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">pandoc --sandbox</text:span>.
        However, be aware that the sandbox function only affects readers
        and writers, and security issues can arise if you use it
        together with
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--filter</text:span>
        or
        <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--pdf-engine</text:span>.</text:p>
      </text:list-item>
    </text:list>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Number">The HTML generated by
    pandoc is not guaranteed to be safe. If
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">raw_html</text:span> is
    enabled for the Markdown input, users can inject arbitrary HTML.
    Even if
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">raw_html</text:span> is
    disabled, users can include dangerous content in URLs and
    attributes. To be safe, you should run all HTML generated from
    untrusted user input through an HTML sanitizer.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Number">Pandoc’s parsers can
    exhibit pathological performance on some corner cases. It is wise to
    put any pandoc operations under a timeout, to avoid DOS attacks that
    exploit these issues. If you are using the pandoc executable, you
    can add the command line options
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">+RTS -M512M -RTS</text:span>
    (for example) to limit the heap size to 512MB. Note that the
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">commonmark</text:span>
    parser (including
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">commonmark_x</text:span>
    and <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">gfm</text:span>) is
    much less vulnerable to pathological performance than the
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">markdown</text:span>
    parser, so it is a better choice when processing untrusted
    input.</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
  <text:list-item>
    <text:p text:style-name="List_20_Number">If your application uses
    pandoc as a Haskell library (rather than shelling out to the
    executable), it is possible to use it in a mode that fully isolates
    pandoc from your file system, by running the pandoc operations in
    the
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">PandocPure</text:span>
    monad. See the document
    <text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://pandoc.org/using-the-pandoc-api.html" office:name=""><text:span text:style-name="Definition">Using
    the pandoc API</text:span></text:a> for more details. (This
    corresponds to the use of the
    <text:span text:style-name="Source_20_Text">--sandbox</text:span>
    option on the command line.)</text:p>
  </text:list-item>
</text:list>
<text:h text:style-name="Heading_20_1" text:outline-level="1"><text:bookmark-start text:name="authors" />Authors<text:bookmark-end text:name="authors" /></text:h>
<text:p text:style-name="First_20_paragraph">Copyright 2006–2024 John
MacFarlane (jgm@berkeley.edu). Released under the
<text:a xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="https://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html" office:name="GNU General Public License"><text:span text:style-name="Definition">GPL</text:span></text:a>,
version 2 or greater. This software carries no warranty of any kind.
(See COPYRIGHT for full copyright and warranty notices.) For a full list
of contributors, see the file AUTHORS.md in the pandoc source
code.</text:p>
</office:text>
</office:body>
</office:document-content>
